[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20170096400A1 - Alkynyl indazole derivative and use thereof - Google Patents

Alkynyl indazole derivative and use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20170096400A1
US20170096400A1 US15/126,730 US201515126730A US2017096400A1 US 20170096400 A1 US20170096400 A1 US 20170096400A1 US 201515126730 A US201515126730 A US 201515126730A US 2017096400 A1 US2017096400 A1 US 2017096400A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
mmol
compound
nmr
mhz
typically
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US15/126,730
Other versions
US9617222B1 (en
Inventor
Norihiko Takeda
Tomoyo MIYABE
Shinnosuke MACHIDA
Mamiko MACHIDA
Takeshi Nakajima
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Senju Pharmaceutical Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Senju Pharmaceutical Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Senju Pharmaceutical Co Ltd filed Critical Senju Pharmaceutical Co Ltd
Assigned to SENJU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD. reassignment SENJU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NAKAJIMA, TAKESHI, MACHIDA, MAMIKO, MACHIDA, Shinnosuke, MIYABE, Tomoyo, TAKEDA, NORIHIKO
Publication of US20170096400A1 publication Critical patent/US20170096400A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US9617222B1 publication Critical patent/US9617222B1/en
Assigned to SENJU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD. reassignment SENJU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD. CHANGE OF ADDRESS Assignors: SENJU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD.
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/54Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D231/56Benzopyrazoles; Hydrogenated benzopyrazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/12Ophthalmic agents for cataracts
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an alkynyl indazole derivative which has a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a use thereof.
  • angiogenesis vasculogenesis
  • pathological angiogenesis is known to be associated with various diseases or conditions such as: retinal diseases like age-related macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy; formation, proliferation or metastasis of tumor; chronic inflammation; and rheumatoid arthritis.
  • VEGF receptor such as a vascular endothelial cell proliferative factor (also referred to as vascular endothelial cell growth factor, and hereinafter, referred to as “VEGF”) receptor 2
  • VEGF receptor is a kind of receptor tyrosine kinases, and once the VEGF as a ligand binds to the VEGF receptor, and the receptor tyrosine kinase is activated to transmit signals into cells.
  • vascular permeability, as well as proliferation and migration of vascular endothelial cells are enhanced, and angiogenesis is induced.
  • the VEGF receptor 2 is involved not only in angiogenesis in a normal body but also in pathological angiogenesis caused by the above-mentioned diseases or conditions.
  • an angiogenesis caused by the kinase can be inhibited, which is effective for treatment of the diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis. Therefore, for the purpose of prevention or treatment of diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis, various VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase inhibitors have been developed.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses indazole compounds which inhibit the protein kinase activity of a VEGF receptor.
  • Example 33 (a) in Patent Document 1 shows (6-[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenylsulfanyl]-3-E-[2-(pyridine-2-yl)ethenyl]indazole) (generic name: axitinib) that is represented by the following formula.
  • Patent document 2 discloses indazole compounds which are useful as a modulator and/or inhibitor of the protein kinase, and a method for preparing an intermediate thereof.
  • Example 20 shows (6-[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenylsulfanyl]-3-E-[2-(pyridine-2-yl)ethynyl]indazole) that is represented by the following formula.
  • Patent document 3 discloses indazole compounds which modulate or inhibit the activity of VEGF receptor 2.
  • Non-Patent document 1 discloses anticancer agents containing a VEGF receptor kinase inhibitor, e.g. pazopanib, axitinib, sorafenib, sunitinib.
  • LUCENTIS registered trademark
  • MACUGEN registered trademark
  • EYLEA registered trademark
  • Patent document 1 WO2001/002369
  • Patent document 3 WO2004/056806
  • the main object of the present invention is to provide a novel compound which has a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity and is useful as a medicine for the treatment of diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema, for example, age-related macular degeneration or the like.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a compound which has a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity, high solubility in an aqueous solution and excellent stability.
  • an alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the following general formula (I) and its salt had an excellent VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity, and achieved the present invention.
  • the alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the following general formula (I) and its salt had high solubility in an aqueous solution and excellent photostability in the solution.
  • Axitinib sold as an oral antineoplastic agent is an excellent VEGF receptor inhibitor having a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity.
  • solubility of the compound was low in aqueous solution and it was predicted that transfer to the posterior eyes was insufficient.
  • axitinib had poor photostability in an aqueous solution. From these points of view, it was difficult to apply axitinib to a liquid formulation such as an eye drop.
  • the alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the following general formula (1) and its salt have the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity as described above, and have an improved solubility in an aqueous solution, furthermore they have excellent photostability in a solution and thus can be suitably used for a liquid formulation such as an eye drop.
  • the present invention can include the following alkynyl indazole derivative or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a medicine that contains it.
  • R 1 represents a lower alkyl.
  • X and Y are the same or different and each represents CH or N, with the proviso that X and Y are not simultaneously N.
  • Z is a group represented by the following general formula (a):
  • R 2 represents a lower alkyl which may have a substituent.
  • n is an integer of 1 to 7.
  • A is a partial structure represented by the following formula:
  • an alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the general formula (I), its pharmacologically acceptable salt and a drug containing the alkynyl indazole derivative or its pharmacologically acceptable salt Since the alkynyl indazole derivative and its pharmacologically acceptable salt of the present invention have excellent VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activities, they are effective for prevention or treatment for diseases or conditions involving the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase, for example, diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema.
  • the alkynyl indazole derivative and its pharmacologically acceptable salt have not only high solubility in an aqueous solution but also excellent penetrating property to retina or choroid as apparent from the result of Test Example 5 described below. Also, they are excellent in stability, particularly in photostability in a solution. Thus, they can be used in forms of a liquid formulation, for example, an eye drop, an injection, etc.
  • the compound of the present invention is an alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the general formula (I) or its pharmacologically acceptable salt.
  • the alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the general formula (I) is also referred to as “compound (I) of the present invention”.
  • lower alkyls represented by R 1 can include, for example linear, branched or cyclic alkyls having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Such lower alkyls can include, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl and cyclobutyl.
  • R 1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms (methyl or ethyl), and in particular preferably methyl.
  • X and Y are the same or different and each represents CH or N, with the proviso that X and Y are not simultaneously N.
  • Combinations of X and Y can include (i) X and Y are CH, (ii) X is N and Y is CH, and (iii) X is CH and Y is N.
  • X and Y are CH.
  • a binding position in a six-membered ring in the group represented by Z is not particularly limited, and the position may be in any position of an ortho-position, a meta-position or a para-position. Note that the binding position is a position relative to an ethynyl group. Preferably Z is bound in the meta-position or the para-position, and more preferably it is bound in the para-position.
  • the lower alkyl of a lower alkyl which may have a substituent represented by R 2 can include, for example linear, branched or cyclic alkyls having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Such lower alkyls can include the same lower alkyls as represented by the aforementioned R 1 .
  • R 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms (methyl or ethyl).
  • the substituent of the lower alkyl which may have a substituent represented by R 2 can include, for example hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, acetylamino and morpholino.
  • Preferable lower alkyls which may have a substituent represented by R 2 can include, for example methyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl, 2-acetylaminoethyl and 2-(N-morpholino)ethyl, and among them, methyl is more preferable.
  • a in the general formula (a) is a partial structure represented by the following formula.
  • the partial structures represented by each formula described above are respectively referred to as urea, carbamate, ⁇ -alkoxyamide and amine.
  • their left side binds to a (poly)ethylene glycol moiety (—(O—CH 2 CH 2 )n-, n is the same as defined above) in the general formula (a), and their right side binds to the six-membered ring.
  • A is carbamate or ⁇ -alkoxyamide
  • oxygen and nitrogen in the above formula bind to the (poly)ethylene glycol moiety and the six-membered ring respectively.
  • A is preferably a partial structure (urea) represented by the following formula:
  • n is an integer of 1 to 7, preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 2 to 5, even more preferably 2 to 4, and in particular preferably 3.
  • the pharmacologically acceptable salts of the compound (I) of the present invention can include, for example pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts, ammonium salts and amino acid addition salts.
  • pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts for example, pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts, ammonium salts and amino acid addition salts.
  • the salt one kind can be selected and used alone, and two or more kinds can be also combined for use.
  • the acid addition salts can include inorganic acid salts or organic acid salts.
  • the inorganic acid salts can include, for example inorganic salts of hydrochloride, hydrobromate, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, phosphate.
  • hydrochloride or hydrobromate, etc. is preferable, and hydrochloride is more preferable.
  • the organic acid salts can include, for example organic salts of methanesulfonate, benzensulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, formate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, oxalate, citrate, malonate, fumarate, glutarate, adipate, ascorbate, maleate, tartrate, mandelate, malate, pantothenate.
  • organic acid salts citrate, fumarate, or tartrate is preferable.
  • Ammonium salts can include, for example methylpyridinium salt, acetylpyridinium salt.
  • Amino acid addition salts can include, for example addition salts of lysine, glycine, alanine, phenylalanine, glutamic acid, asparagine acid, arginine.
  • inorganic acid salts or organic acid salts are preferable, and inorganic acid salts are more preferable.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts may include solvates such as hydrates.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has an inhibitory activity of tyrosine kinase. More specifically, the compound (I) of the present invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has an inhibitory activity of VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is preferably used as an active ingredient of the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor.
  • the compound is preferably used as an active ingredient of the VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor, in particular.
  • the VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Since the VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor has an effect of inhibiting angiogenesis, it is used for treatment of various diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema.
  • the diseases or conditions for which the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are applied can include, for example diseases and conditions to which the inhibition of the VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase is effective, and for example, diseases, conditions or the like accompanying angiogenesis or edema are suitable.
  • the diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema may specifically include, for example cancer (tumor) (for example, gastric cancer, renal cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer, etc.), retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema, keratoconjunctive diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema (keratoconjunctivitis, contact lens disorder, etc.), chronic inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory skin diseases, psoriasis, atherosclerosis and myocardial infarction.
  • cancer tumor
  • the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are useful as active ingredients of the drug used for prevention or treatment of such diseases or conditions.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are suitably used for prevention or treatment of retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema.
  • the retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema can include, for example age-related macular degeneration, macular edema, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, retinal vein occlusion, secondary cataract, myopic choroidal neovascularization and glaucoma.
  • prevention means delaying or preventing onsets of conditions or diseases and their accompanying symptoms, or reducing a risk of a subject to develop a condition or a disease.
  • treatment means reducing or curing diseases or conditions and/or their accompanying symptoms.
  • the present invention also encompasses a medicine which contains the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt can be used as they are or in forms of various formulations according to the purpose of administration.
  • the medicine of the present invention is typically provided as a pharmaceutical composition which contains the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt and pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the medicine of the present invention can be preferably used as a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor, and can be preferably used as a VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor, in particular. Additionally, the medicine of the present invention is preferably used for prevention or treatment of various diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema.
  • a patient with the disease or condition accompanying angiogenesis or edema is suitable.
  • the medicine is suitably administered to a patient with retinal disease accompanying angiogenesis or edema.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt can also be administered to a mammal which may develop the above-mentioned diseases or conditions.
  • the present invention also encompasses a method for inhibiting the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase, in which the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt is administered to a mammal. Also, the present invention encompasses a method for preventing or treating diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema (preferably, retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema), in which the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt is administered to a mammal.
  • diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema preferably, retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema
  • the medicine of the present invention can be orally or parenterally administered to humans or mammals other than humans.
  • the mammals other than humans can include, for example mice, rats, hamsters, guinea pigs, rabbits, cats, dogs, swine, cattle, horses, sheep and monkeys.
  • the medicine can be systemically or topically, orally or parenterally administered.
  • a route which is most effective for treatment is preferably selected.
  • systemic administration in addition to by oral administration, it is administered by parenteral administrations such as intravenous injection, subcutaneous injection and intramuscular injection.
  • parenteral administrations such as intravenous injection, subcutaneous injection and intramuscular injection.
  • parenteral administration in the case of local administration, it is administered into, for example, skin, mucosa, lung, bronchus, nasal cavity, nasal mucosa, ocular surface or eyes.
  • Formulations for oral administration can include, for example powders, granules, tablets, capsules, syrups and liquid formulations.
  • Formulations for parenteral administration can include, for example injections, ointments, gels, creams, fomentations, patches, liniments, suppositories, aerosols, inhalants, sprays, eye drops (ophthalmic solutions) and nasal drops.
  • parenteral administration is preferable, and in particular, administration as an eye drop is preferable.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt have high solubility in aqueous solutions. Furthermore, the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt have excellent stability in solutions, particularly have excellent photostability. Accordingly, the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt can be suitably used for a formulation containing an aqueous solution, preferably a liquid-form formulation containing the aqueous solution as a base.
  • the compound of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt can be suitably used, for example, for formulations mentioned above such as particularly syrups, injections, eye drops, nasal drops, etc., and among them, eye drops are particularly suitable.
  • the medicine of the present invention can be produced according to a method known per se in the technical field of pharmaceutical formulations, in which conventionally the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt is mixed with at least one pharmacologically acceptable carrier or the like.
  • the carrier may be arbitrarily selected depending on the form of the formulation preferable for administration.
  • the content of the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt in the medicine varies depending on its dosage form, dose and the like, and can be arbitrarily selected. For example, the content may be typically 0.01 to 99.9 mass %, preferably 0.1 to 80 mass % of the total amount of the medicine.
  • various organic or inorganic carrier substances which are conventionally used as formulation materials can be used, and they can include, for example: excipients, disintegrators, binders, plasticizers, lubricants, etc. in solid formulations; solvents, solubilizing agents, suspending agents, stabilizers, isotonizing agents, buffers, thickeners, pH adjusters, soothing agents, etc. in liquid formulations. Furthermore, additives such as preservatives, antioxidants, colorants and sweeteners may be used as necessary.
  • the solid formulation may be coated with a coating agent. Only one kind or a combination of two or more kinds of carriers and additives may be used.
  • the excipients can include, for example lactose, sucrose, D-mannitol, D-sorbitol, starch, dextrin, microcrystalline cellulose, crystalline cellulose, carmellose, carmellose calcium, carboxymethyl starch sodium, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, acacia.
  • the disintegrators can include, for example carmellose, carmellose calcium, carmellose sodium, carboxymethyl starch sodium, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, crystalline cellulose.
  • the binders can include, for example hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, povidone, crystalline cellulose, sucrose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, carmellose sodium, acacia.
  • the plasticizers can include, for example light anhydrous silicic acid, magnesium stearate.
  • the lubricants can include, for example magnesium stearate, calucium stearate, talc.
  • the coating agents can include, for example gelatin, sucrose.
  • the solvents can include, for example purified water, distilled water for injection, physiological saline solution, ethanol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, olive oil.
  • the solubilizing agents can include, for example propylene glycol, D-mannitol, benzyl benzoate, ethanol, triethanolamine, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, polysorbate 80.
  • the suspending agents can include, for example benzalkonium chloride, carmellose, hydroxypropylcellulose, propylene glycol, povidone, methylcellulose, glycerin mono stearate.
  • the stabilizers can include, for example sodium edetate, sodium hydrogen sulfite, sodium thiosulfate, sodium citrate, ascorbic acid, dibutyl hydroxytoluene.
  • the isotonizing agents can include, for example sodium chloride, potassium chloride, glycerin, mannitol, sorbitol, boric acid, borax, glucose, propylene glycol.
  • the buffers can include, for example sodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, boric acid, borax.
  • the thickeners can include, for example hydroxylethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol.
  • the pH adjusters can include, for example hydrochloric acid, citric acid, sodium hydroxide, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, boric acid.
  • the soothing agents can include, for example benzyl alcohol.
  • the preservatives can include, for example benzalkonium chloride, methyl parahydroxybenzoate, ethyl parahydroxybenzoate, propyl parahydroxybenzoate, chlorobutanol, benzylalcohol, sodium dehydroacetate, sorbic acid.
  • the antioxidants can include, for example sodium sulfite, ascorbic acid.
  • the colorants can include, for example edible dye (for example, food red No. 2, or No. 3), beta-carotene.
  • the sweeteners can include, for example saccharine sodium, dipotassium glycyrrhizinate, aspartame.
  • the medicine of the present invention can contain one or a plurality of any other medicinal ingredients unless the effects of the present invention are impaired.
  • the dose of the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt varies depending on diseases or conditions and subjects to be treated, and medication methods, but for example, when it is administered to an adult, a dose is typically 1 ng to 1000 mg, preferably 1 to 200 mg in oral administration. This dose can be administered typically once to 4 times per a day. In the case of parenteral administration, the dose is typically, for example 1 ng to 1000 mg, preferably 1 to 200 mg. This dose can be administered typically once to 4 times per a day.
  • an eye drop typically containing 0.001 to 10 w/v %, preferably 0.01 to 1 w/v % of the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt is instilled in eyes, in an amount of 5 to 100 ⁇ L, preferably 30 to 60 ⁇ L per a dose, about once to 6 times per a day.
  • the following producing method is an example of a producing method of the compound (I) of the present invention, and the producing method of the compound of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the production can be efficiently carried out by: a device to introduce a protecting group to a functional group as necessary and carry out deprotection in a subsequent step; a device to provide a functional group as a precursor in each step and convert it into a desired functional group at an appropriate stage; a device to change the order of each process and step; etc.
  • the post-reaction treatment can be carried out by a conventional method.
  • the compounds obtained in each step or reaction can be used for the subsequent reaction in a state of a reaction liquid or as a crude product.
  • the product can be isolated from a reaction mixture according to a routine procedure.
  • the product can be isolated or purified by arbitrarily selecting a conventional method such as crystallization, recrystallization, distillation, separation and chromatography, and by combining them, as necessary.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention can be produced by, for example, the method shown in the following reaction formula 1 or methods based on it.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention can be produced by reacting a compound represented by general formula (II) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II)”) with a compound represented by formula (III) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (III)”) in the presence of a base and a catalyst. Relative to the compound (III), typically 0.5 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.8 to 2 equivalents of the compound (II) are used.
  • the base can include, for example N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, diisopropylamine, etc., and among them, N,N-diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine is preferable.
  • the catalyst can include, for example PdCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 2 , Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , copper iodide, copper bromide, etc., and among them, PdCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 2 and copper iodide are preferable.
  • PdCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 2 and copper iodide are preferable.
  • Relative to the compound (III) typically 0.01 to 0.5 equivalent, preferably 0.03 to 0.1 equivalent of this catalyst is used.
  • This reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent inert to the reaction.
  • a solvent is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, it can include, for example N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, ethyl acetate, etc., and among them, N,N-dimethylformamide or acetonitrile is preferable.
  • reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 2 to 4 hours.
  • reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 160° C., preferably 60 to 100° C.
  • the compound (II) can be produced by the method represented by the following reaction formula 2.
  • a compound represented by general formula (II-1) hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-1)”
  • compound (II-2) hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-2)
  • TMS represents a trimethylsilyl group.
  • Me represents methyl.
  • a compound represented by general formula (IV-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (IV-3)”) is commercially available, and commercial products can be used.
  • compound (IV-3) can be produced according to a method known per se, for example, methods described in WO2013/101184, WO2011/092197 or the like, or methods based on them, for example step A described below.
  • step A a compound represented by general formula (IV-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (IV-2)”) is produced by reacting a compound represented by general formula (IV-1) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (IV-1)”) with trimethylsilyl acetylene in a solvent in the presence of a base and a catalyst, and subsequently a trimethylsilyl group of the compound (IV-2) is deprotected to produce the compound (IV-3).
  • compound (IV-2) a compound represented by general formula (IV-2)
  • the base can include the same bases as exemplified in reaction formula 1, preferably triethylamine. Relative to the compound (IV-1), typically 1 to 30 equivalents, preferably 10 to 20 equivalents of this base are used.
  • the catalyst can include the same catalysts as exemplified in reaction formula 1, and preferably PdCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 2 and copper iodide are used. Relative to the compound (IV-1), typically 0.01 to 0.2 equivalent, preferably 0.02 to 0.05 equivalent of each of these catalysts is used.
  • the solvent can include the same solvent as exemplified in reaction formula 1, preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 4 hours.
  • reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 60 to 90° C.
  • a concentration of the bases in the methanol solution is typically 5 to 50 w/v %, preferably 10 to 15 w/v %.
  • This base can include, for example sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc., and among them, sodium hydroxide is preferable.
  • the reaction temperature and the reaction time for deprotection vary depending on reagents or solvents to be used, the reaction temperature is typically 1 to 30° C., preferably 15 to 25° C., and the reaction time is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 2 to 4 hours.
  • step B the compound (IV-3) is reacted with 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate in a solvent to form a carbamate product, and then this carbamate product is reacted with a compound represented by general formula (V-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-2)”) to produce the compound (II-1).
  • a compound represented by general formula (V-2) hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-2)”
  • compound (V-2) Relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 0.8 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.3 equivalents of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate are used.
  • a base may be used as necessary.
  • This base can include, for example triethylamine, tributylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc., and among them, triethylamine or pyridine is preferable.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, ethyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetonitrile, etc., and among them, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran or 1,4-dioxane is preferable.
  • Relative to the compound (IV-3) typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the compound (V-2) are used.
  • reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 48 hours, preferably 2 to 24 hours.
  • reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 120° C., preferably 25 to 110° C.
  • Compound (V-2) is commercially available and commercial products can be used.
  • compound (V-2) can be produced according to a method known per se, for example a method described in WO2009/109035 (JP 2011-105735 A), or methods based on them, for example step C described below.
  • step C the compound (V-2) is produced from a compound represented by general formula (V-1) (hereinafter, referred to as “the compound (V-1)”).
  • the compound (V-1) is reacted with phthalimide, triphenylphosphine and diethyl azodicarboxylate in a solvent (first step).
  • a product obtained in the solvent can be reacted with hydrazine monohydrate to obtain the compound (V-2) (second step).
  • the compound (V-1) typically 0.5 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of phthalimide, typically 0.5 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of triphenylphosphine, as well as typically 0.5 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of diethyl azodicarboxylate are used.
  • diethyl azodicarboxylate bis(2-methoxyethyl) azodicarboxylate, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, cyanomethylene tributylphosphorane or the like may be used.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example dichloromethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., and among them, tetrahydrofuran is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 5 to 20 hours, preferably 12 to 18 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • the second step relative to the compound (V-1) used in the first step, typically 0.5 to 3 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2.2 equivalents of hydrazine monohydrate are used for the product obtained in the first step.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc., and among them, ethanol is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 20 hours, preferably 4 to 18 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 80 to 100° C.
  • step D the compound (V-1) was reacted with di(N-succinimidyl) carbonate in a solvent in the presence of base to form a carbonate product, and then this carbonate product is condensed with the compound (IV-3) to produce the compound (II-2).
  • Relative to the compound (V-1) typically 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 3.5 equivalents of the base and typically 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of di(N-succinimidyl) carbonate are used.
  • the bases can include, for example triethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc., and among them, triethylamine is preferable.
  • a reaction accelerator may be used as necessary.
  • This reaction accelerator can include, for example 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine, etc., and among them, 4-dimethylaminopyridine is preferable.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., and among them, ethyl acetate is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 48 hours, preferably 10 to 24 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 60 to 80° C.
  • the compound (II) can be produced by for example a method represented by the following reaction formula 3.
  • a compound represented by general formula (II-3) hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-3)”
  • a compound represented by general formula (II-4) hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-4) are encompassed in the compound (II).
  • Ts represents a p-toluenesulfonyl group (tosyl group).
  • Me represents methyl
  • tBu represents tert-butyl.
  • step E the compound (V-1) is reacted with tert-butyl bromoacetate in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base, and then a compound represented by general formula (V-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-3)”) is produced by hydrolysis of the ester.
  • compound (V-3) a compound represented by general formula (V-3)
  • Relative to the compound (V-1) typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 3 equivalents of the base, and typically 1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of tert-butyl bromoacetate are used.
  • the base can include, for example sodium hydride, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, n-butyllithium, etc., and among them, sodium hydride is preferable.
  • sodium hydride is preferable.
  • tert-butyl bromoacetate methyl chloroacetate, ethyl chloroacetate, methyl bromoacetate, ethyl bromoacetate, etc. may also be used.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example N,N-dimethylformamide, toluene, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, etc., and among them, tetrahydrofuran is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 10 to 17 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • the hydrolysis of the ester is carried out in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base.
  • a base typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents of the base are used.
  • the base can include, for example lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc., and among them, lithium hydroxide is preferable.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example mixed solvents of organic solvents (for example, acetonitrile, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.) and water, and among them, a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran and water is preferable.
  • reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 5 hours.
  • reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 60 to 100° C.
  • step F the compound (V-3) is reacted with the compound (IV-3) in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base and a condensation agent to produce the compound (II-3).
  • a base and a condensation agent to produce the compound (II-3).
  • Relative to the compound (IV-3) typically 0.1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound (V-3) are used.
  • relative to the compound (IV-3) typically 1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of the condensation agent, and typically 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents of the base are used.
  • the condensation agent can include, for example N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl] carbodiimide hydrochloride, benzotriazol-1-yloxytripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 0-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, diethyl cyanophosphonate, diphenylphosphoryl azide, pentafluorophenyl trifluoroacetate ester, isopropyl chloroformate, etc., and among them, 1-ethyl-3-[3-(di
  • the bases can include, for example triethylamine, pyridine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc., and among them, triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine or 4-dimethylaminopyridine is preferable.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethyl ether, acetonitrile, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., and among them, dichloromethane or N,N-dimethylformamide is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 24 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 25 to 40° C.
  • step G first, the compound (V-1) is reacted with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base to produce a compound represented by general formula (V-4) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-4)”). Then, the compound (V-4) is reacted with the compound (IV-3) in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base to produce the compound (II-4).
  • V-4 general formula (V-4)
  • the base can include, for example pyridine, triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc., and among them, triethylamine is preferable.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc., and among them, dichloromethane is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 14 to 21 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 25 to 50° C.
  • the base can include, for example sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc., and among them, cesium carbonate or potassium carbonate is preferable.
  • a reaction accelerator Relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 0.1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.2 to 1 equivalent of this reaction accelerator is used.
  • the reaction accelerator can include, for example sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide, etc., and among them, potassium iodide is preferable.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, etc., and among them, acetonitrile or N,N-dimethylformamide is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 9 to 60 hours, preferably 18 to 24 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 80 to 120° C.
  • the compound (II-4) can also be produced by using, instead of the compound (V-4), a compound represented by general formula (VI) (hereinafter referred to as “compound (VI)”), which is shown in step G′ in reaction formula 3.
  • a compound represented by general formula (VI) hereinafter referred to as “compound (VI)”
  • step G′ in reaction formula 3.
  • Preferred conditions and the like for the reaction of the compound (VI) and the compound (IV-3) according to the step G′ are the same as those for the reaction of the compound (V-4) and the compound (IV-3) according to the above-mentioned step G.
  • the compound (III) can be produced according to methods described in known methods, for example methods described in WO 2006/048745 (JP 2008-518901 A), WO 2001/002369 (JP Patent No. 3878849), etc. or methods based thereon, for example the following reaction formula 4.
  • Me represents methyl
  • a compound represented by the formula (VII-1) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VII-1)”) is reacted with oxalyl chloride in a conventional solvent to form an acid chloride represented by formula (VII-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “acid chloride (VII-2)”), which is then reacted with methylamine to obtain an amide product represented by formula (VII-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “amide product (VII-3)”).
  • the amide product represented by formula (VII-3) can be reduced with sodium borohydride to obtain a thiol product represented by formula (VII-4) (hereinafter, referred to as “thiol product (VII-4)”).
  • the solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, toluene, etc., and among them, dichloromethane is preferable.
  • a reaction accelerator Relative to the compound (VII-1), typically 0.01 to 0.5 equivalent, preferably 0.01 to 0.1 equivalent of this reaction accelerator is used.
  • the reaction accelerator can include N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • the reaction time varies depending on solvents to be used, it is typically 10 to 60 hours, preferably 15 to 40 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on solvents, it is typically 15 to 100° C., preferably 20 to 80° C.
  • the reaction of the acid chloride (VII-2) with methylamine can be carried out, for example in tetrahydrofuran.
  • Relative to the acid chloride (VII-2) typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 5 equivalents of methylamine are used.
  • the reaction time is typically 6 to 24 hours, preferably 12 to 24 hours.
  • the reaction temperature is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 0 to 30° C.
  • the reaction In the reduction of the amide product (VII-3), relative to the amide product (VII-3), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of sodium borohydride are used.
  • the reaction may be carried out, for example in ethanol.
  • the reaction time is typically 6 to 24 hours, preferably 12 to 20 hours.
  • the reaction temperature is typically 0 to 50° C., preferably 0 to 30° C.
  • a compound represented by formula (VIII-1) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VIII-1)”) can be reacted with sodium nitrite and then with potassium iodide in an acidic aqueous solution to obtain a compound represented by formula (VIII-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VIII-2)”).
  • This compound (VIII-2) can be reacted in the presence of a thiol product (VII-4), Pd 2 (dba) 3 , 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene and cesium hydroxide monohydrate to obtain a compound represented by formula (VIII-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VIII-3)”). Subsequently, this compound (VIII-3) can be iodized in the presence of potassium carbonate to produce the compound (III).
  • the reaction time of the compound (VIII-1) with sodium nitrite is typically 10 minutes to 6 hours, preferably 0.5 hour to 2 hours.
  • the reaction temperature is typically 0 to 50° C., preferably 0 to 30° C.
  • the reaction time with potassium iodide is typically 10 minutes to 6 hours, preferably 0.5 hour to 3 hours.
  • the reaction temperature is typically 0 to 50° C., preferably 0 to 40° C.
  • the reaction for obtaining the compound (VIII-3) from the compound (VIII-2) and the thiol product (VII-4) can be carried out under an argon gas atmosphere, for example in N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • Relative to the compound (VIII-2) typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the thiol product (VII-4) are used.
  • Relative to the compound (VIII-2) typically 0.01 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.03 to 1 equivalent of Pd 2 (dba) 3 is used.
  • Relative to the compound (VIII-2) typically 0.05 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.1 to 2 equivalents of 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene are used.
  • the reaction time is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 2 to 10 hours.
  • the reaction temperature is typically 25 to 150° C., preferably 80 to 120° C.
  • Iodization of the compound (VIII-3) can be carried out, for example in N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • the reaction time is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 6 hours. It is typically 0 to 50° C., preferably 0 to 30° C.
  • a in general formula (a) is urea and R 2 is a lower alkyl which may be substituted in the group represented by Z
  • the compound (II) can be produced by a method shown in the following reaction formula 5.
  • a compound represented by formula (II-5) hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-5)”
  • a compound represented by formula (II-6) hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-6)
  • a compound represented by formula (II-7) hereeinafter, referred to as “compound (II-7)
  • a compound represented by formula (II-8) hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-8)
  • a compound represented by formula (II-9) hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-9)
  • Is represents a p-toluenesulfonyl group (tosyl group), and Me represents methyl.
  • step H a compound represented by formula (V-5) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-5)”) is produced from a compound represented by formula (VI-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VI-2)”).
  • the compound (VI-2) is reacted with tert-butyl dimethylchlorosilane in the presence of a base in a solvent (first step).
  • a product obtained in a solvent is reacted with phthalimide, triphenylphosphine, and diethyl azodicarboxylate (second step).
  • a product obtained can be reacted with hydrazine monohydrate and then with hydrochloric acid to obtain the compound (V-5) (third step).
  • the compound (VI-1) typically 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.1 equivalents of a base, and typically 0.8 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of tert-butyl methylchlorosilane are used.
  • the base can include, for example sodium hydride, lithium di-isopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, n-butyllithium, and among them, sodium hydride is preferable.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example N,N-dimethylformamide, toluene, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, etc., and among them, tetrahydrofuran is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 48 hours, preferably 15 to 24 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • the second step relative to the product obtained in the first step, typically 0.5 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.6 equivalents of phthalimide, typically 1 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.6 equivalents of triphenylphosphine, as well as typically 1 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of diethylazodicarboxylate are used.
  • diethylazodicarboxylate bis(2-methoxyethyl)azodicarboxylate, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, cyanomethylene tributylphosphorane or the like may be used.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example dichloromethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, N,N-dimethylformamide etc., and among them, tetrahydrofuran is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 5 to 20 hours, preferably 12 to 18 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • the third step relative to the product obtained in the second step, typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 4.4 equivalents of hydrazine monohydrate are used.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc., and among them, ethanol is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 20 hours, preferably 4 to 18 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 80 to 100° C.
  • 5 to 10 equivalents, preferably 8 to 10 equivalents of concentrated hydrochloric acid are added.
  • reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 20 hours, preferably 2 to 4 hours.
  • reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 120° C., preferably 90 to 110° C.
  • step I a compound represented by formula (V-7) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-7)”) is produced from a compound represented by formula (V-6) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-6)”).
  • the compound (V-6) is reacted with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in a solvent (first step).
  • a product obtained in a solvent is reacted with formaldehyde, acetic acid, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (second step).
  • second step 2 a product obtained can be reacted with a trifluoroacetic acid to obtain the compound (V-7) (third step).
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 10 hours, preferably 2 to 4 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • the second step relative to the product obtained in the first step, typically 10 to 40 equivalents, preferably 20 to 30 equivalents of formaldehyde (37% solution in water), typically 10 to 40 equivalents, preferably 20 to 30 equivalents of acetic acid, as well as typically 1.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 2 equivalents of sodium triacetoxyborohydride are used.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc., and among them, methanol is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 10 hours, preferably 2 to 3 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • the third step relative to the product obtained in the second step, typically 5 to 20 equivalents, preferably 5 to 17 equivalents of trifluoroacetic acid are used.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, 1,4-dioxane, etc., and among them, dichloromethane is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 30 minutes to 2 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 1 hour.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • step J the compound (II-7) is reacted with acetic anhydride to produce the compound (II-8) in a conventional solvent.
  • Relative to the compound (II-7) typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 3 equivalents of acetic anhydride, and typically 0.1 to 0.5 equivalents, preferably 0.1 to 0.3 equivalents of 4-dimethylaminopyridine are used.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, 1,4-dioxane, etc., and among them, acetonitrile is preferable.
  • reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 6 to 10 hours, preferably 6 to 8 hours.
  • reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • step K a compound represented by formula (VI-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VI-3)”) is reacted with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride to produce a compound represented by formula (VI-4) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VI-4)”) in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base.
  • compound (VI-3) typically 2 to 3 equivalents, preferably 2 to 2.2 equivalents of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride are used.
  • Relative to the compound (VI-3) typically 2 to 8 equivalents, preferably 5 to 8 equivalents of a base are used.
  • the base can include, for example sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and among them, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is preferable.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc., and among them, dichloromethane is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 10 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • step L the compound (II-7) is reacted with the compound (VI-4) to produce the compound (II-9) in a conventional solution in the presence of a base.
  • a base Relative to the compound (II-7), typically 1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 2.0 equivalents of the compound (VI-4) are used.
  • the base can include, for example sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and among them, sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate is preferable.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example acetonitrile, dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc., and among them, acetonitrile is preferable.
  • the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 10 to 24 hours, preferably 10 to 18 hours.
  • the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 80 to 100° C.
  • step B′ the compound (II-5), (II-6), or (II-7) can be produced by using the compound (V-5), (V-6), or (V-7) instead of the compound (V-2) in the same way as step B.
  • the produced compound (I) of the present invention can be isolated or purified as an educt, or as its salt caused by salt formation treatment according to a conventional method.
  • the isolation or purification method is not particularly limited and can be carried out, for example by arbitrarily selecting, a conventional method such as crystallization, recrystallization, distillation, separation and chromatography or their combination.
  • a solvate of the compound (I) of the present invention can be obtained according to a method known per se.
  • the organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (1.74 g, 44%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • Phthalimide (5.59 g, 38 mmol), triphenylphosphine (10.3 g, 39.2 mmol), triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (6 mL, 38.4 mmol), diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.2 mol/L toluene solution) (18.2 mL, 40 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (150 mL), ethanol (220 mL) and hydrazine monohydrate (3 mL, 84.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 7 to obtain the title compound (4.48 g, 72%) as a yellow oily matter.
  • Triethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (0.78 mL, 5.0 mmol)
  • ethyl acetate (15 mL)
  • di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.34 g, 5.3 mmol)
  • triethylamine (1.39 mL, 10 mmol
  • 3-ethynylaniline (0.62 mL, 5.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (1.00 g, 68%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • Triethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (824.3 mg, 5.0 mmol), ethyl acetate (4 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.37 g, 5.3 mmol), triethylamine (2.0 mL, 14 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (744.2 mg, 6.4 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (1.21 g, 79%) as a yellow oily matter.
  • Tetraethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (1.53 g, 7.4 mmol), ethyl acetate (10 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (2.11 g, 8.2 mmol), triethylamine (3.0 mL, 22 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (1.12 g, 9.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (1.54 g, 60%) as an orange oily matter.
  • Pentaethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (1.54 g, 6.1 mmol), ethyl acetate (10 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.77 g, 6.9 mmol), triethylamine (2.6 mL, 19 mmol), 4-ethynylaniline (962.2 mg, 8.2 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (78.5 mg, 0.64 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (1.20 g, 50%) as an orange oily matter.
  • Tetraethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (3.04 g, 19 mmol) was added to a solution of 60% sodium hydride (1.37 g, 34 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) while cooling in ice and stirred for 20 minutes.
  • tert-butyl bromoacetate (4.31 g, 22 mmol) was dripped while cooling in ice, and stirred at room temperature for 13 hours.
  • lithium hydroxide (1.73 g, 72 mmol) and water (15 mL) were further added and stirred under heat reflux for 4 hours. The solution was diluted with water and washed with diethyl ether.
  • the organic layers were combined, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (2.13 g, 52%) as an orange oily matter.
  • reaction solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1N hydrochloric acid, a saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution and saturated saline, and then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (218.2 mg, 77%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 3,6,9,12,15-Pentaoxahexadecanoic acid (878.8 mg, 3.3 mmol), dichloromethane (5 mL), 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (1.15 g, 6.0 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1.47 g, 12 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (351.5 mg, 3.0 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 40 to obtain the title compound (408.3 mg, 37%) as a brown oily matter.
  • reaction solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with a 10% citric acid aqueous solution, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure.
  • Triethylamine (1.27 mL, 9.15 mmol) and triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (525 ⁇ L, 3.05 mmol) were added to a solution of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (872.2 mg, 4.58 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL), and stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • methanol 0.5 mL was further added, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. Diethyl ether was added to the residue, and insolubles were filtered off and washed with diethyl ether and isopropanol.
  • Oxalyl chloride (25 mL, 291.5 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (150 ⁇ L, 1.94 mmol) were added to a solution of 2,2′-dithiosalicylic acid (25.0 g, 81.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (220 mL), and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The resulting solution was further stirred at 50° C. for 24 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with hexane at 0° C. and dried to obtain the title compound (24.9 g, 89%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • Methylamine (2M tetrahydrofuran solution) (80 mL, 160.2 mmol) was added to a solution of 2,2′-dithiosalicylic dichloride (12.5 g, 36.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (56 mL) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Water was added to this solution, stirred for 30 minutes, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried to obtain the title compound (11.7 g, 96%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • a concentrated hydrochloric acid (35 mL, 420 mmol) and an aqueous solution (30 mL) of sodium nitrite (6.64 g, 96 mmol) were added to a suspension prepared by adding water (30 mL) to 6-aminoindazole (10.4 g, 78 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes. Subsequently, to this solution, an aqueous solution (30 mL) of potassium iodide (15.91 g, 96 mmol) was added at 0° C., stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, to which dichloromethane (80 mL) was then added, and stirred at 40° C. for 2 hours.
  • the resulting precipitate was washed with 10% sodium thiosulfate, dissolved in tetrahydrofuran, and then silica gel was added.
  • hexane 600 mL was added and filtered.
  • the residue was washed twice with a THF/hexane (1/3 (v/v)) solution, then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (15.23 g, 80%) as an orange powder.
  • N,N-Dimethylformamide (25 mL) was added to 6-iodo-1H-indazole (5.51 g, 22 mmol), 2-mercapto-N-methylbenzamide (5.16 g, 31 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (1.02 g, 1.1 mmol), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (1.46 g, 2.5 mmol) and cesium hydroxide monohydrate (5.67 g, 33 mmol) and stirred under an argon atmosphere at 100° C. for 4.5 hours.
  • the solvent was distilled away from the reaction liquid under a reduced pressure, then the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and washed with a 10% sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution, a saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution and saturated saline.
  • the organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure.
  • the resulting solid was washed with a hexane/ethyl acetate (1/1 (v/v)) solution and dried to obtain the title compound (7.60 g, 72%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • Triethylene glycol (2.2 mL, 16.5 mmol) was added to a solution of 60% sodium hydride (713 mg, 17.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (88 mL) at 0° C. and stilled at room temperature for 40 minutes.
  • tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane (2.74 g, 18.2 mmol) was added, stirred at room temperature for 23 hours, then water was added, and extraction was carried out with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (4.19 g, quant.) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • Triethyleneglycol mono-tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether (1.3 g, 4.92 mmol) and diethylazodicarboxylate (2.2 mol/L, toluene solution) (2.4 mL, 5.3 mmol) were added to a solution of phthalimide (1.15 g, 7.82 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (2.06 g, 7.85 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) at room temperature, and stirred overnight. Further ethanol (20 mL) was added, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure.
  • the solvent in the aqueous layer was distilled away under a reduced pressure, and then dichloromethane was added to the residue.
  • the insolubles were filtered off, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (239.1 mg, 77%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.04 g, 4.9 mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl ⁇ 2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl ⁇ carbamate (810 mg, 3.3 mmol), formaldehyde (37% aqueous solution) (8 mL, 98.6 mmol) and acetic acid (5.6 mL, 97.9 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) at 0° C., stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then a saturated potassium carbonate aqueous solution was added.
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (2.5 mL, 14.7 mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl (2- ⁇ 2-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy ⁇ ethyl)carbamate (236 mg, 0.85 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.5 mL), stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol, and prepared to be basic with a 3N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution.
  • Oxybis(ethane-2,1-diyl) bis(4-methylbenzenesulfonate) 233.8 mg, 0.56 mmol
  • potassium carbonate 97%
  • acetonitrile 5 mL
  • acetonitrile 5 mL
  • N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) was added to a solution of 2- ⁇ (3-iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio ⁇ -N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2-methoxyethyl)urea (63.3 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol) and CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) at room temperature, stirred for 5 minutes, and then stirred 80° C. for 2 hours.
  • the solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure.
  • a medicine containing the compound of the present invention as an active ingredient can be produced, for example, by the following formulations.
  • the total amount of (1), (2) and (3) and 1/2 of (4) were mixed and then granulated, to which the remaining (4) was added, and the whole compounds were encapsulated in a gelatin capsule.
  • a human recombinant VEGF receptor 2 was prepared in a baculovirus expression system.
  • a recombinant protein was expressed as a GST fusion protein by using 790-1356 amino acids of a cytosolic domain in the VEGF receptor 2 (NP_002244.1) and binding a glutathione-S-transferase (GST) to N-terminal thereof.
  • the expressed GST-VEGF receptor 2 fusion protein was purified using glutathione-sepharose chromatography.
  • test substance was dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide to prepare a solution at a concentration about 100 times higher than the test concentration. Furthermore, the solution was diluted with an assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.01% Triton X-100 and 2 mM DTT, pH7.5) by 25 times to prepare a 4-time concentrated test substance solution. In the kinase inhibition assay, CSKtide was used as a substrate.
  • the substrate peptide and the phosphorylated peptide in the reaction solution were separated by LabChip3000 system (Caliper Life Science), and the both peptides were quantified.
  • An efficiency of the kinase reaction was evaluated by a ratio of products (P/(P+S)) calculated from a substrate peptide peak height (S) and a phosphorylated peptide peak height (P).
  • the average signal of the control wells containing all the reaction components was designated as 0% inhibition, and the average signal of the background wells (no enzyme added) was designated as 100% inhibition, and an inhibition rate was calculated from the average signal of the test wells of each test substance.
  • An 1050 value was determined by approximating it to a logistic curve of 4 parameters, from the test substance concentration and the inhibition rate by a non-linear least-squares method.
  • the VEGF receptor 2 inhibitory activities of the compounds 1 to 41 produced in Examples are shown in Table 1 and Table 2.
  • the compounds produced in Examples strongly inhibited the kinase activity of the VEGF receptor 2.
  • VEGF receptor 2 kinase inhibition assay was conducted in the same way as described above by using the following compounds A and B. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Axitinib produced by Tocris Bioscience (Catalog number: 4350) was purchased and used.
  • the compound B was synthesized according to a method described in Example 20 of WO 2006/048745.
  • CS-C medium Cell Systems Corporation, CS-C medium kit, catalog number: CS-4Z3-500R
  • CS-C medium Cell Systems Corporation, CS-C medium kit, catalog number: CS-4Z0-5005
  • a solution prepared by diluting each compound at a threefold common ratio was added at 100 ⁇ L/well, and the hRMVEC was cultured for 48 hours.
  • the cell number was measured by MTT assay (DOJINDO LABORATORIES: Cell Counting Kit-8 was used), and the growth inhibition rate of hRMVEC by the compound was calculated from the following calculation equation.
  • Cell growth inhibition rate(%) 100 ⁇ 100 ⁇ (absorbance of well to which the VEGF and compound are added ⁇ absorbance of well to which no VEGF is added)/(absorbance of well to which VEGF is added ⁇ absorbance of well to which no VEGF is added)
  • IC50 (M) a concentration indicating 50% inhibition was calculated from the following calculation formula.
  • IC50( M ) 10 ⁇ (LOG( A/B ) ⁇ (50 ⁇ C )/( D ⁇ C )+LOG( B ))
  • the hRMVE cell growth inhibition activities of representative compounds are shown in Table 3. Furthermore, as a reference example, the hRMVE cell growth inhibition activities were similarly measured for the compound A and compound B used in Test Example 1, and the results are shown in Table 3.
  • the residual ratios (light stability) are shown in Table 5.
  • the compounds produced in Examples were stable to light in the solution.
  • the ophthalmic solution used in this study was prepared by suspending the compound 8, compound 27 or compound A respectively in a phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0) so that the concentration of the drug is 0.25%, according to the conventional method.
  • the eye drop was administered to rabbits (Japanese white rabbit) at 50 ⁇ L/eye, the rabbits were euthanized 2 hours after instillation, and the eyeballs were excised.
  • the excised eyeballs were frozen with liquid nitrogen, split into two parts along the equatorial plane, and then the retina/choroid tissues were sampled from the posterior eye segment.
  • the tissues were finely cut in methanol to prepare a lysate, and subsequently the lysate was centrifuged to collect the supernatant.
  • an equivalent amount of ultrapure water was added, and the solution was filtered through a membrane filter (0.22 ⁇ m), and the filtrate was designated as a final measurement solution.
  • LC/MS/MS liquid chromatography mass spectrometry
  • the average compound concentrations in the retina/choroid are shown in Table 6.
  • null hypothesis test was carried out using JMP (registered trademark) (SAS Institute Inc.), the outlier was excluded, and then the average value ⁇ standard deviation was used.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are useful as a VEGF receptor inhibitor and useful for prevention or treatment of various diseases or conditions involving the receptor.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt have high solubility in aqueous solutions and excellent stability in a solution state, and thus can be used, for example in a form of liquid formulation such as an eye drop.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are useful as medicines or the like for prevention or treatment of retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The main object of the present invention is to provide a novel compound which has a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity and is useful as an active ingredient for the treatment of diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema, for example, age-related macular degeneration or the like.
The present invention includes, for example, an alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the following general formula (I), a pharmaceutical acceptable salt thereof, and a medicine containing thereof.
Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00001

Description

  • The present invention relates to an alkynyl indazole derivative which has a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a use thereof.
  • Although angiogenesis (vasculogenesis) in cells and tissues plays an important role in the process of development, wound healing, etc., pathological angiogenesis is known to be associated with various diseases or conditions such as: retinal diseases like age-related macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy; formation, proliferation or metastasis of tumor; chronic inflammation; and rheumatoid arthritis.
  • As a receptor involved in angiogenesis, a VEGF receptor such as a vascular endothelial cell proliferative factor (also referred to as vascular endothelial cell growth factor, and hereinafter, referred to as “VEGF”) receptor 2, is known. The VEGF receptor is a kind of receptor tyrosine kinases, and once the VEGF as a ligand binds to the VEGF receptor, and the receptor tyrosine kinase is activated to transmit signals into cells. As a result, for example, vascular permeability, as well as proliferation and migration of vascular endothelial cells are enhanced, and angiogenesis is induced.
  • The VEGF receptor 2 is involved not only in angiogenesis in a normal body but also in pathological angiogenesis caused by the above-mentioned diseases or conditions. Thus, for example, by inhibiting VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase activity, an angiogenesis caused by the kinase can be inhibited, which is effective for treatment of the diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis. Therefore, for the purpose of prevention or treatment of diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis, various VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase inhibitors have been developed.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses indazole compounds which inhibit the protein kinase activity of a VEGF receptor. For example, Example 33 (a) in Patent Document 1 shows (6-[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenylsulfanyl]-3-E-[2-(pyridine-2-yl)ethenyl]indazole) (generic name: axitinib) that is represented by the following formula.
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00002
  • Patent document 2 discloses indazole compounds which are useful as a modulator and/or inhibitor of the protein kinase, and a method for preparing an intermediate thereof. For example, Example 20 shows (6-[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenylsulfanyl]-3-E-[2-(pyridine-2-yl)ethynyl]indazole) that is represented by the following formula.
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00003
  • Patent document 3 discloses indazole compounds which modulate or inhibit the activity of VEGF receptor 2. Non-Patent document 1 discloses anticancer agents containing a VEGF receptor kinase inhibitor, e.g. pazopanib, axitinib, sorafenib, sunitinib.
  • Also, as drugs for treatment of age-related macular degeneration which is a posterior eye segment disease, LUCENTIS (registered trademark), MACUGEN (registered trademark) and EYLEA (registered trademark) which are VEGF inhibitors are used. Although these drugs contain high-molecular compounds which specifically bind to VEGF (antibody or aptamer to VEGF), they must be administered into a vitreous body. Thus, for example in the ophthalmological field, development of angiogenesis inhibitors which can be more non-invasively administered is desired. However, an angiogenesis inhibitor which can be instilled into eyes has not yet been marketed.
  • RELATED ART Patent Document
  • [Patent document 1] WO2001/002369
  • [Patent document 2] WO2006/048745
  • [Patent document 3] WO2004/056806
  • Non-Patent Document
  • [Non-Patent document 1] Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2012, 18, 2921-2935
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Problems to be Solved by the Invention
  • The main object of the present invention is to provide a novel compound which has a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity and is useful as a medicine for the treatment of diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema, for example, age-related macular degeneration or the like.
  • Also, another object of the present invention is to provide a compound which has a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity, high solubility in an aqueous solution and excellent stability.
  • As a result of intensive studies for solving the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors found that an alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the following general formula (I) and its salt had an excellent VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity, and achieved the present invention. The alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the following general formula (I) and its salt had high solubility in an aqueous solution and excellent photostability in the solution.
  • Axitinib sold as an oral antineoplastic agent is an excellent VEGF receptor inhibitor having a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity. When the present inventors examined whether axitinib could be applied for a liquid formulation such as an eye drop, solubility of the compound was low in aqueous solution and it was predicted that transfer to the posterior eyes was insufficient. Furthermore, it was found that axitinib had poor photostability in an aqueous solution. From these points of view, it was difficult to apply axitinib to a liquid formulation such as an eye drop.
  • The alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the following general formula (1) and its salt have the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity as described above, and have an improved solubility in an aqueous solution, furthermore they have excellent photostability in a solution and thus can be suitably used for a liquid formulation such as an eye drop.
  • The present invention can include the following alkynyl indazole derivative or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a medicine that contains it. (1) An alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the following general formula (I):
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00004
  • (In the formula, R1 represents a lower alkyl. X and Y are the same or different and each represents CH or N, with the proviso that X and Y are not simultaneously N. Z is a group represented by the following general formula (a):
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00005
  • (In the formula, R2 represents a lower alkyl which may have a substituent. n is an integer of 1 to 7. A is a partial structure represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00006
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    • (2) The alkynyl indazole derivative according to the above-mentioned (1), or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X and Y are simultaneously CH.
    • (3) The alkynyl indazole derivative according to the above-mentioned (1) or (2), or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z is bound in the para-position.
    • (4) The alkynyl indazole derivative according to any one of the above-mentioned (1) to (3), or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is a partial structure represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00007
    • (5) A medicine characterized by containing the alkynyl indazole derivative according to any one of the above-mentioned (1) to (4) or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
    • (6) The medicine according to the above-mentioned (5), which is a vascular endothelial cell growth factor (VEGF) receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor.
    • (7) The medicine according to the above-mentioned (5) or (6), which is used for prevention or treatment of a retinal disease accompanying angiogenesis or edema.
    • (8) The medicine according to the above-mentioned (7), wherein the retinal disease accompanying angiogenesis or edema is age-related macular degeneration, macular edema, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, retinal vein occlusion, secondary cataract, myopic choroidal neovascularization or glaucoma.
    Effects of the Invention
  • According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the general formula (I), its pharmacologically acceptable salt and a drug containing the alkynyl indazole derivative or its pharmacologically acceptable salt. Since the alkynyl indazole derivative and its pharmacologically acceptable salt of the present invention have excellent VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activities, they are effective for prevention or treatment for diseases or conditions involving the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase, for example, diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema. In addition, the alkynyl indazole derivative and its pharmacologically acceptable salt have not only high solubility in an aqueous solution but also excellent penetrating property to retina or choroid as apparent from the result of Test Example 5 described below. Also, they are excellent in stability, particularly in photostability in a solution. Thus, they can be used in forms of a liquid formulation, for example, an eye drop, an injection, etc.
  • MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
  • The compound of the present invention is an alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the general formula (I) or its pharmacologically acceptable salt. In the present specification, the alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the general formula (I) is also referred to as “compound (I) of the present invention”.
  • In the present invention,
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00008
  • is used in a structural formula in order to explain a bond which is a point where a substituent or a partial structure binds to a skeletal structure or another partial structure.
  • In general formula (I), lower alkyls represented by R1 can include, for example linear, branched or cyclic alkyls having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Such lower alkyls can include, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl and cyclobutyl. R1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms (methyl or ethyl), and in particular preferably methyl.
  • X and Y are the same or different and each represents CH or N, with the proviso that X and Y are not simultaneously N. Combinations of X and Y can include (i) X and Y are CH, (ii) X is N and Y is CH, and (iii) X is CH and Y is N. Preferably, X and Y are CH.
  • A binding position in a six-membered ring in the group represented by Z is not particularly limited, and the position may be in any position of an ortho-position, a meta-position or a para-position. Note that the binding position is a position relative to an ethynyl group. Preferably Z is bound in the meta-position or the para-position, and more preferably it is bound in the para-position.
  • Z is a group represented by the general formula (a). In formula (a), the lower alkyl of a lower alkyl which may have a substituent represented by R2 can include, for example linear, branched or cyclic alkyls having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Such lower alkyls can include the same lower alkyls as represented by the aforementioned R1. R2 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms (methyl or ethyl). The substituent of the lower alkyl which may have a substituent represented by R2 can include, for example hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, acetylamino and morpholino. Preferable lower alkyls which may have a substituent represented by R2 can include, for example methyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl, 2-acetylaminoethyl and 2-(N-morpholino)ethyl, and among them, methyl is more preferable.
  • A in the general formula (a) is a partial structure represented by the following formula.
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00009
  • The partial structures represented by each formula described above are respectively referred to as urea, carbamate, α-alkoxyamide and amine. In the partial structures represented by each formula described above, their left side binds to a (poly)ethylene glycol moiety (—(O—CH2CH2)n-, n is the same as defined above) in the general formula (a), and their right side binds to the six-membered ring. For example, if A is carbamate or α-alkoxyamide, oxygen and nitrogen in the above formula bind to the (poly)ethylene glycol moiety and the six-membered ring respectively.
  • In the general formula (a), A is preferably a partial structure (urea) represented by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00010
  • In the general formula (a), n is an integer of 1 to 7, preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 2 to 5, even more preferably 2 to 4, and in particular preferably 3.
  • As one of particularly preferred aspects of the compound (I) of the present invention, a compound in which, in the general formula (I), R1 is methyl, X and Y are CH, and in the general formula (a), R2 is methyl, A is urea, n is 3, and Z is bound in the para-position, is exemplified.
  • The pharmacologically acceptable salts of the compound (I) of the present invention can include, for example pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts, ammonium salts and amino acid addition salts. For the salt, one kind can be selected and used alone, and two or more kinds can be also combined for use.
  • The acid addition salts can include inorganic acid salts or organic acid salts. The inorganic acid salts can include, for example inorganic salts of hydrochloride, hydrobromate, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, phosphate. As the inorganic acid salts, hydrochloride or hydrobromate, etc. is preferable, and hydrochloride is more preferable.
  • The organic acid salts can include, for example organic salts of methanesulfonate, benzensulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, formate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, oxalate, citrate, malonate, fumarate, glutarate, adipate, ascorbate, maleate, tartrate, mandelate, malate, pantothenate. As the organic acid salts, citrate, fumarate, or tartrate is preferable.
  • Ammonium salts can include, for example methylpyridinium salt, acetylpyridinium salt. Amino acid addition salts can include, for example addition salts of lysine, glycine, alanine, phenylalanine, glutamic acid, asparagine acid, arginine.
  • As the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, inorganic acid salts or organic acid salts are preferable, and inorganic acid salts are more preferable. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts may include solvates such as hydrates.
  • The compound (I) of the present invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has an inhibitory activity of tyrosine kinase. More specifically, the compound (I) of the present invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has an inhibitory activity of VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase.
  • The compound (I) of the present invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is preferably used as an active ingredient of the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor. The compound is preferably used as an active ingredient of the VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor, in particular.
  • Since the VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor has an effect of inhibiting angiogenesis, it is used for treatment of various diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema. The diseases or conditions for which the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are applied can include, for example diseases and conditions to which the inhibition of the VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase is effective, and for example, diseases, conditions or the like accompanying angiogenesis or edema are suitable.
  • The diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema may specifically include, for example cancer (tumor) (for example, gastric cancer, renal cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer, etc.), retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema, keratoconjunctive diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema (keratoconjunctivitis, contact lens disorder, etc.), chronic inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory skin diseases, psoriasis, atherosclerosis and myocardial infarction. The compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are useful as active ingredients of the drug used for prevention or treatment of such diseases or conditions. Among them, the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are suitably used for prevention or treatment of retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema. The retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema can include, for example age-related macular degeneration, macular edema, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, retinal vein occlusion, secondary cataract, myopic choroidal neovascularization and glaucoma.
  • Note that the term “prevention” means delaying or preventing onsets of conditions or diseases and their accompanying symptoms, or reducing a risk of a subject to develop a condition or a disease. In addition, the term “treatment” means reducing or curing diseases or conditions and/or their accompanying symptoms.
  • The present invention also encompasses a medicine which contains the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt.
  • The compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt can be used as they are or in forms of various formulations according to the purpose of administration. The medicine of the present invention is typically provided as a pharmaceutical composition which contains the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt and pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • The medicine of the present invention can be preferably used as a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor, and can be preferably used as a VEGF receptor 2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor, in particular. Additionally, the medicine of the present invention is preferably used for prevention or treatment of various diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema.
  • As a subject to be dosed with the medicine of the present invention, a patient with the disease or condition accompanying angiogenesis or edema is suitable. Particularly, the medicine is suitably administered to a patient with retinal disease accompanying angiogenesis or edema. Furthermore, in order to prevent the development of the diseases or conditions, the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt can also be administered to a mammal which may develop the above-mentioned diseases or conditions.
  • The present invention also encompasses a method for inhibiting the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase, in which the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt is administered to a mammal. Also, the present invention encompasses a method for preventing or treating diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema (preferably, retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema), in which the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt is administered to a mammal.
  • The medicine of the present invention can be orally or parenterally administered to humans or mammals other than humans. The mammals other than humans can include, for example mice, rats, hamsters, guinea pigs, rabbits, cats, dogs, swine, cattle, horses, sheep and monkeys.
  • In use of the medicine of the present invention for the purpose of prevention or treatment of diseases or conditions accompanying angiogenesis or edema, generally the medicine can be systemically or topically, orally or parenterally administered. For its administration route, a route which is most effective for treatment is preferably selected. In the case of systemic administration, in addition to by oral administration, it is administered by parenteral administrations such as intravenous injection, subcutaneous injection and intramuscular injection. In the case of local administration, it is administered into, for example, skin, mucosa, lung, bronchus, nasal cavity, nasal mucosa, ocular surface or eyes. Formulations for oral administration can include, for example powders, granules, tablets, capsules, syrups and liquid formulations. Formulations for parenteral administration can include, for example injections, ointments, gels, creams, fomentations, patches, liniments, suppositories, aerosols, inhalants, sprays, eye drops (ophthalmic solutions) and nasal drops. For example, when the medicine of the present invention is applied to eye disease such as retinal disease, parenteral administration is preferable, and in particular, administration as an eye drop is preferable.
  • The compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt have high solubility in aqueous solutions. Furthermore, the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt have excellent stability in solutions, particularly have excellent photostability. Accordingly, the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt can be suitably used for a formulation containing an aqueous solution, preferably a liquid-form formulation containing the aqueous solution as a base. The compound of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt can be suitably used, for example, for formulations mentioned above such as particularly syrups, injections, eye drops, nasal drops, etc., and among them, eye drops are particularly suitable.
  • The medicine of the present invention can be produced according to a method known per se in the technical field of pharmaceutical formulations, in which conventionally the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt is mixed with at least one pharmacologically acceptable carrier or the like. The carrier may be arbitrarily selected depending on the form of the formulation preferable for administration. The content of the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt in the medicine varies depending on its dosage form, dose and the like, and can be arbitrarily selected. For example, the content may be typically 0.01 to 99.9 mass %, preferably 0.1 to 80 mass % of the total amount of the medicine.
  • As the pharmacologically acceptable carrier, various organic or inorganic carrier substances which are conventionally used as formulation materials can be used, and they can include, for example: excipients, disintegrators, binders, plasticizers, lubricants, etc. in solid formulations; solvents, solubilizing agents, suspending agents, stabilizers, isotonizing agents, buffers, thickeners, pH adjusters, soothing agents, etc. in liquid formulations. Furthermore, additives such as preservatives, antioxidants, colorants and sweeteners may be used as necessary. The solid formulation may be coated with a coating agent. Only one kind or a combination of two or more kinds of carriers and additives may be used.
  • The excipients can include, for example lactose, sucrose, D-mannitol, D-sorbitol, starch, dextrin, microcrystalline cellulose, crystalline cellulose, carmellose, carmellose calcium, carboxymethyl starch sodium, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, acacia.
  • The disintegrators can include, for example carmellose, carmellose calcium, carmellose sodium, carboxymethyl starch sodium, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, crystalline cellulose.
  • The binders can include, for example hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, povidone, crystalline cellulose, sucrose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, carmellose sodium, acacia.
  • The plasticizers can include, for example light anhydrous silicic acid, magnesium stearate.
  • The lubricants can include, for example magnesium stearate, calucium stearate, talc.
  • The coating agents can include, for example gelatin, sucrose.
  • The solvents can include, for example purified water, distilled water for injection, physiological saline solution, ethanol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, olive oil.
  • The solubilizing agents can include, for example propylene glycol, D-mannitol, benzyl benzoate, ethanol, triethanolamine, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, polysorbate 80.
  • The suspending agents can include, for example benzalkonium chloride, carmellose, hydroxypropylcellulose, propylene glycol, povidone, methylcellulose, glycerin mono stearate.
  • The stabilizers can include, for example sodium edetate, sodium hydrogen sulfite, sodium thiosulfate, sodium citrate, ascorbic acid, dibutyl hydroxytoluene.
  • The isotonizing agents can include, for example sodium chloride, potassium chloride, glycerin, mannitol, sorbitol, boric acid, borax, glucose, propylene glycol.
  • The buffers can include, for example sodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, boric acid, borax.
  • The thickeners can include, for example hydroxylethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol.
  • The pH adjusters can include, for example hydrochloric acid, citric acid, sodium hydroxide, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, boric acid.
  • The soothing agents can include, for example benzyl alcohol.
  • The preservatives can include, for example benzalkonium chloride, methyl parahydroxybenzoate, ethyl parahydroxybenzoate, propyl parahydroxybenzoate, chlorobutanol, benzylalcohol, sodium dehydroacetate, sorbic acid.
  • The antioxidants can include, for example sodium sulfite, ascorbic acid.
  • The colorants can include, for example edible dye (for example, food red No. 2, or No. 3), beta-carotene.
  • The sweeteners can include, for example saccharine sodium, dipotassium glycyrrhizinate, aspartame.
  • The medicine of the present invention can contain one or a plurality of any other medicinal ingredients unless the effects of the present invention are impaired.
  • The dose of the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt varies depending on diseases or conditions and subjects to be treated, and medication methods, but for example, when it is administered to an adult, a dose is typically 1 ng to 1000 mg, preferably 1 to 200 mg in oral administration. This dose can be administered typically once to 4 times per a day. In the case of parenteral administration, the dose is typically, for example 1 ng to 1000 mg, preferably 1 to 200 mg. This dose can be administered typically once to 4 times per a day. In addition, for example in the case of topical administration to eyes, it is preferable that an eye drop typically containing 0.001 to 10 w/v %, preferably 0.01 to 1 w/v % of the compound (I) of the present invention or its pharmacologically acceptable salt is instilled in eyes, in an amount of 5 to 100 μL, preferably 30 to 60 μL per a dose, about once to 6 times per a day.
  • Next, a method for producing the compound (I) of the present invention will be explained. The following producing method is an example of a producing method of the compound (I) of the present invention, and the producing method of the compound of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Even if there is no particular description in the following producing method, the production can be efficiently carried out by: a device to introduce a protecting group to a functional group as necessary and carry out deprotection in a subsequent step; a device to provide a functional group as a precursor in each step and convert it into a desired functional group at an appropriate stage; a device to change the order of each process and step; etc.
  • Additionally, in each step or reaction, the post-reaction treatment can be carried out by a conventional method. The compounds obtained in each step or reaction can be used for the subsequent reaction in a state of a reaction liquid or as a crude product. The product can be isolated from a reaction mixture according to a routine procedure. The product can be isolated or purified by arbitrarily selecting a conventional method such as crystallization, recrystallization, distillation, separation and chromatography, and by combining them, as necessary.
  • The compound (I) of the present invention can be produced by, for example, the method shown in the following reaction formula 1 or methods based on it.
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00011
  • The symbols in the formula are the same as described in general formula (I). Me represents methyl.
  • The compound (I) of the present invention can be produced by reacting a compound represented by general formula (II) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II)”) with a compound represented by formula (III) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (III)”) in the presence of a base and a catalyst. Relative to the compound (III), typically 0.5 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.8 to 2 equivalents of the compound (II) are used.
  • The base can include, for example N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, diisopropylamine, etc., and among them, N,N-diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine is preferable. Relative to the compound (III), typically 1 to 50 equivalents, preferably 3 to 30 equivalents of this base are used.
  • The catalyst can include, for example PdCl2(PPh3)2, Pd(PPh3)4, copper iodide, copper bromide, etc., and among them, PdCl2(PPh3)2 and copper iodide are preferable. Relative to the compound (III), typically 0.01 to 0.5 equivalent, preferably 0.03 to 0.1 equivalent of this catalyst is used.
  • This reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent inert to the reaction. Although such a solvent is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, it can include, for example N,N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, toluene, ethyl acetate, etc., and among them, N,N-dimethylformamide or acetonitrile is preferable.
  • Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 2 to 4 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 160° C., preferably 60 to 100° C.
  • When A in general formula (a) is urea or carbamate in the group represented by Z, the compound (II) can be produced by the method represented by the following reaction formula 2. A compound represented by general formula (II-1) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-1)”) and a compound represented by general formula (II-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-2)”) are encompassed in compound (II).
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00012
  • The symbols in the formula are the same as described in general formula (I). TMS represents a trimethylsilyl group. Me represents methyl.
  • A compound represented by general formula (IV-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (IV-3)”) is commercially available, and commercial products can be used. In addition, compound (IV-3) can be produced according to a method known per se, for example, methods described in WO2013/101184, WO2011/092197 or the like, or methods based on them, for example step A described below.
  • In step A, a compound represented by general formula (IV-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (IV-2)”) is produced by reacting a compound represented by general formula (IV-1) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (IV-1)”) with trimethylsilyl acetylene in a solvent in the presence of a base and a catalyst, and subsequently a trimethylsilyl group of the compound (IV-2) is deprotected to produce the compound (IV-3). In the reaction related to step A, relative to the compound (IV-1), typically 1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 1.5 equivalents of trimethylsilyl acetylene are used. The base can include the same bases as exemplified in reaction formula 1, preferably triethylamine. Relative to the compound (IV-1), typically 1 to 30 equivalents, preferably 10 to 20 equivalents of this base are used. The catalyst can include the same catalysts as exemplified in reaction formula 1, and preferably PdCl2(PPh3)2 and copper iodide are used. Relative to the compound (IV-1), typically 0.01 to 0.2 equivalent, preferably 0.02 to 0.05 equivalent of each of these catalysts is used. The solvent can include the same solvent as exemplified in reaction formula 1, preferably tetrahydrofuran. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 4 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 60 to 90° C. Furthermore, a trimethylsilyl group of the obtained compound (IV-2) is deprotected with a methanol solution with the addition of bases, allowing production of the compound (IV-3). A concentration of the bases in the methanol solution is typically 5 to 50 w/v %, preferably 10 to 15 w/v %. This base can include, for example sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc., and among them, sodium hydroxide is preferable. Although the reaction temperature and the reaction time for deprotection vary depending on reagents or solvents to be used, the reaction temperature is typically 1 to 30° C., preferably 15 to 25° C., and the reaction time is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 2 to 4 hours.
  • In step B, the compound (IV-3) is reacted with 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate in a solvent to form a carbamate product, and then this carbamate product is reacted with a compound represented by general formula (V-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-2)”) to produce the compound (II-1). Relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 0.8 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.3 equivalents of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate are used. Instead of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl chloroformate, bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate, 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, phenyl chloroformate, di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate, etc. may be used. Also a base may be used as necessary. This base can include, for example triethylamine, tributylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc., and among them, triethylamine or pyridine is preferable. Relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 1 to 30 equivalents, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents of the base are used. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, ethyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetonitrile, etc., and among them, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran or 1,4-dioxane is preferable. Relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the compound (V-2) are used. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 48 hours, preferably 2 to 24 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 120° C., preferably 25 to 110° C. Compound (V-2) is commercially available and commercial products can be used. In addition, compound (V-2) can be produced according to a method known per se, for example a method described in WO2009/109035 (JP 2011-105735 A), or methods based on them, for example step C described below.
  • In step C, the compound (V-2) is produced from a compound represented by general formula (V-1) (hereinafter, referred to as “the compound (V-1)”). First, the compound (V-1) is reacted with phthalimide, triphenylphosphine and diethyl azodicarboxylate in a solvent (first step). Then, a product obtained in the solvent can be reacted with hydrazine monohydrate to obtain the compound (V-2) (second step).
  • In the first step, relative to the compound (V-1), typically 0.5 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of phthalimide, typically 0.5 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of triphenylphosphine, as well as typically 0.5 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of diethyl azodicarboxylate are used. Instead of diethyl azodicarboxylate, bis(2-methoxyethyl) azodicarboxylate, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, cyanomethylene tributylphosphorane or the like may be used. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example dichloromethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., and among them, tetrahydrofuran is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 5 to 20 hours, preferably 12 to 18 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • In the second step, relative to the compound (V-1) used in the first step, typically 0.5 to 3 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2.2 equivalents of hydrazine monohydrate are used for the product obtained in the first step. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc., and among them, ethanol is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 20 hours, preferably 4 to 18 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 80 to 100° C.
  • In step D, the compound (V-1) was reacted with di(N-succinimidyl) carbonate in a solvent in the presence of base to form a carbonate product, and then this carbonate product is condensed with the compound (IV-3) to produce the compound (II-2). Relative to the compound (V-1), typically 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 3.5 equivalents of the base and typically 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of di(N-succinimidyl) carbonate are used. Instead of the di(N-succinimidyl) carbonate, bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate, 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, 4-nitrophenylchloroformate, phenyl chloroformate, etc. may be used. The bases can include, for example triethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc., and among them, triethylamine is preferable. In addition, a reaction accelerator may be used as necessary. This reaction accelerator can include, for example 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 4-pyrrolidinopyridine, etc., and among them, 4-dimethylaminopyridine is preferable. Relative to the compound (V-1), typically 0.05 to 0.5 equivalent, preferably 0.1 to 0.2 equivalent of the reaction accelerator is used. In addition, relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of the compound (V-1) are used. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., and among them, ethyl acetate is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 48 hours, preferably 10 to 24 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 60 to 80° C.
  • When A in general formula (a) is a-alkoxy amide or amine in the group represented by Z, the compound (II) can be produced by for example a method represented by the following reaction formula 3. A compound represented by general formula (II-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-3)”) and a compound represented by general formula (II-4) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-4)”) are encompassed in the compound (II).
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00013
  • The symbols in the formula are the same as described in general formula (I). Ts represents a p-toluenesulfonyl group (tosyl group). Me represents methyl, and tBu represents tert-butyl.
  • In step E, the compound (V-1) is reacted with tert-butyl bromoacetate in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base, and then a compound represented by general formula (V-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-3)”) is produced by hydrolysis of the ester. Relative to the compound (V-1), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 3 equivalents of the base, and typically 1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of tert-butyl bromoacetate are used. The base can include, for example sodium hydride, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, n-butyllithium, etc., and among them, sodium hydride is preferable. Instead of the tert-butyl bromoacetate, methyl chloroacetate, ethyl chloroacetate, methyl bromoacetate, ethyl bromoacetate, etc. may also be used. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example N,N-dimethylformamide, toluene, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, etc., and among them, tetrahydrofuran is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 10 to 17 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • The hydrolysis of the ester is carried out in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base. In the hydrolysis of the ester, relative to the ester, typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents of the base are used. The base can include, for example lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc., and among them, lithium hydroxide is preferable. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example mixed solvents of organic solvents (for example, acetonitrile, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.) and water, and among them, a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran and water is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 5 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 60 to 100° C.
  • In step F, the compound (V-3) is reacted with the compound (IV-3) in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base and a condensation agent to produce the compound (II-3). Relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 0.1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents of the compound (V-3) are used. In addition, relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of the condensation agent, and typically 0.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents of the base are used. The condensation agent can include, for example N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl] carbodiimide hydrochloride, benzotriazol-1-yloxytripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 0-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, diethyl cyanophosphonate, diphenylphosphoryl azide, pentafluorophenyl trifluoroacetate ester, isopropyl chloroformate, etc., and among them, 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride or O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate is preferable. The bases can include, for example triethylamine, pyridine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc., and among them, triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine or 4-dimethylaminopyridine is preferable. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethyl ether, acetonitrile, N,N-dimethylformamide, etc., and among them, dichloromethane or N,N-dimethylformamide is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 24 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 25 to 40° C.
  • In step G, first, the compound (V-1) is reacted with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base to produce a compound represented by general formula (V-4) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-4)”). Then, the compound (V-4) is reacted with the compound (IV-3) in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base to produce the compound (II-4).
  • Relative to the compound (V-1), typically 1 to 2.2 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 1.5 equivalents of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride are used. Relative to the compound (V-1), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 3 equivalents of the base are used. The base can include, for example pyridine, triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc., and among them, triethylamine is preferable. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc., and among them, dichloromethane is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 14 to 21 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 25 to 50° C.
  • In the reaction of the compound (V-4) and the compound (IV-3), relative to the compound (V-3), typically 0.3 to 5 equivalents, preferably 0.5 to 4.5 equivalents of the compound (V-4) are used. Relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 3 equivalents of the base are used. The base can include, for example sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc., and among them, cesium carbonate or potassium carbonate is preferable. In the reaction of the compound (V-4) and the compound (IV-3), it is preferable to use a reaction accelerator. Relative to the compound (IV-3), typically 0.1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.2 to 1 equivalent of this reaction accelerator is used. The reaction accelerator can include, for example sodium iodide, potassium iodide, tetrabutylammonium iodide, etc., and among them, potassium iodide is preferable. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, etc., and among them, acetonitrile or N,N-dimethylformamide is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 9 to 60 hours, preferably 18 to 24 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 80 to 120° C.
  • In the reaction of the compound (V-4) and the compound (IV-3), the compound (II-4) can also be produced by using, instead of the compound (V-4), a compound represented by general formula (VI) (hereinafter referred to as “compound (VI)”), which is shown in step G′ in reaction formula 3. Preferred conditions and the like for the reaction of the compound (VI) and the compound (IV-3) according to the step G′ are the same as those for the reaction of the compound (V-4) and the compound (IV-3) according to the above-mentioned step G.
  • The compound (III) can be produced according to methods described in known methods, for example methods described in WO 2006/048745 (JP 2008-518901 A), WO 2001/002369 (JP Patent No. 3878849), etc. or methods based thereon, for example the following reaction formula 4.
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00014
  • In the formula, Me represents methyl.
  • In the method of reaction formula 4, a compound represented by the formula (VII-1) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VII-1)”) is reacted with oxalyl chloride in a conventional solvent to form an acid chloride represented by formula (VII-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “acid chloride (VII-2)”), which is then reacted with methylamine to obtain an amide product represented by formula (VII-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “amide product (VII-3)”). The amide product represented by formula (VII-3) can be reduced with sodium borohydride to obtain a thiol product represented by formula (VII-4) (hereinafter, referred to as “thiol product (VII-4)”).
  • Relative to the compound (VII-1), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents of oxalyl chloride are used. The solvent is not particularly limited unless it adversely affects the reaction, and can include, for example tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, toluene, etc., and among them, dichloromethane is preferable. In the reaction of the compound (VII-1) with oxalyl chloride, it is preferable to use a reaction accelerator. Relative to the compound (VII-1), typically 0.01 to 0.5 equivalent, preferably 0.01 to 0.1 equivalent of this reaction accelerator is used. The reaction accelerator can include N,N-dimethylformamide. Although the reaction time varies depending on solvents to be used, it is typically 10 to 60 hours, preferably 15 to 40 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on solvents, it is typically 15 to 100° C., preferably 20 to 80° C.
  • The reaction of the acid chloride (VII-2) with methylamine can be carried out, for example in tetrahydrofuran. Relative to the acid chloride (VII-2), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 2 to 5 equivalents of methylamine are used. The reaction time is typically 6 to 24 hours, preferably 12 to 24 hours. The reaction temperature is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 0 to 30° C.
  • In the reduction of the amide product (VII-3), relative to the amide product (VII-3), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of sodium borohydride are used. The reaction may be carried out, for example in ethanol. The reaction time is typically 6 to 24 hours, preferably 12 to 20 hours. The reaction temperature is typically 0 to 50° C., preferably 0 to 30° C.
  • On the other hand, a compound represented by formula (VIII-1) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VIII-1)”) can be reacted with sodium nitrite and then with potassium iodide in an acidic aqueous solution to obtain a compound represented by formula (VIII-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VIII-2)”). This compound (VIII-2) can be reacted in the presence of a thiol product (VII-4), Pd2(dba)3, 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene and cesium hydroxide monohydrate to obtain a compound represented by formula (VIII-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VIII-3)”). Subsequently, this compound (VIII-3) can be iodized in the presence of potassium carbonate to produce the compound (III).
  • In the reaction for obtaining the compound (VIII-2) from the compound (VIII-1), relative to the compound (VIII-1), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of sodium nitrite, and typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of potassium iodide are used. The reaction time of the compound (VIII-1) with sodium nitrite is typically 10 minutes to 6 hours, preferably 0.5 hour to 2 hours. The reaction temperature is typically 0 to 50° C., preferably 0 to 30° C. The reaction time with potassium iodide is typically 10 minutes to 6 hours, preferably 0.5 hour to 3 hours. The reaction temperature is typically 0 to 50° C., preferably 0 to 40° C.
  • The reaction for obtaining the compound (VIII-3) from the compound (VIII-2) and the thiol product (VII-4) can be carried out under an argon gas atmosphere, for example in N,N-dimethylformamide. Relative to the compound (VIII-2), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the thiol product (VII-4) are used. Relative to the compound (VIII-2), typically 0.01 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.03 to 1 equivalent of Pd2(dba)3 is used. Relative to the compound (VIII-2), typically 0.05 to 3 equivalents, preferably 0.1 to 2 equivalents of 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene are used. Relative to compound (VIII-2), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of cesium hydroxide monohydrate are used. The reaction time is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 2 to 10 hours. The reaction temperature is typically 25 to 150° C., preferably 80 to 120° C.
  • Iodization of the compound (VIII-3) can be carried out, for example in N,N-dimethylformamide. Relative to the compound (VIII-3), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of potassium carbonate are used. Relative to the compound (VIII-3), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of iodine are used. The reaction time is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 6 hours. It is typically 0 to 50° C., preferably 0 to 30° C.
  • When A in general formula (a) is urea and R2 is a lower alkyl which may be substituted in the group represented by Z, the compound (II) can be produced by a method shown in the following reaction formula 5. A compound represented by formula (II-5) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-5)”), a compound represented by formula (II-6) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-6)”), a compound represented by formula (II-7) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-7)”), a compound represented by formula (II-8) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-8)”) and a compound represented by formula (II-9) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (II-9)”) are encompassed in the compound (II).
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00015
  • In the formula, Is represents a p-toluenesulfonyl group (tosyl group), and Me represents methyl.
  • In step H, a compound represented by formula (V-5) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-5)”) is produced from a compound represented by formula (VI-2) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VI-2)”). First, the compound (VI-2) is reacted with tert-butyl dimethylchlorosilane in the presence of a base in a solvent (first step). Then, a product obtained in a solvent is reacted with phthalimide, triphenylphosphine, and diethyl azodicarboxylate (second step). Subsequently, a product obtained can be reacted with hydrazine monohydrate and then with hydrochloric acid to obtain the compound (V-5) (third step).
  • In the first step, relative to the compound (VI-1), typically 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.1 equivalents of a base, and typically 0.8 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of tert-butyl methylchlorosilane are used. The base can include, for example sodium hydride, lithium di-isopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, n-butyllithium, and among them, sodium hydride is preferable. The solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example N,N-dimethylformamide, toluene, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, etc., and among them, tetrahydrofuran is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 48 hours, preferably 15 to 24 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 100° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • In the second step, relative to the product obtained in the first step, typically 0.5 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.6 equivalents of phthalimide, typically 1 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.6 equivalents of triphenylphosphine, as well as typically 1 to 2 equivalents, preferably 1 to 1.2 equivalents of diethylazodicarboxylate are used. Instead of diethylazodicarboxylate, bis(2-methoxyethyl)azodicarboxylate, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, cyanomethylene tributylphosphorane or the like may be used. The solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example dichloromethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, N,N-dimethylformamide etc., and among them, tetrahydrofuran is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 5 to 20 hours, preferably 12 to 18 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • In the third step, relative to the product obtained in the second step, typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 4.4 equivalents of hydrazine monohydrate are used. The solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc., and among them, ethanol is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 20 hours, preferably 4 to 18 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 80 to 100° C. Then, 5 to 10 equivalents, preferably 8 to 10 equivalents of concentrated hydrochloric acid are added. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 20 hours, preferably 2 to 4 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 120° C., preferably 90 to 110° C.
  • In step I, a compound represented by formula (V-7) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-7)”) is produced from a compound represented by formula (V-6) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (V-6)”). First, the compound (V-6) is reacted with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in a solvent (first step). Then, a product obtained in a solvent is reacted with formaldehyde, acetic acid, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (second step). Subsequently, a product obtained can be reacted with a trifluoroacetic acid to obtain the compound (V-7) (third step).
  • In the first step, relative to the compound (V-6), typically 0.4 to 0.6 equivalents, preferably 0.5 to 0.6 equivalents of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (in 30% tetrahydrofuran solution), and typically 0.8 to 1.1 equivalents, preferably 0.9 to 1.0 equivalent of di-isopropylethylamine are used. The solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, 1,4-dioxane, etc., and among them, dichloromethane is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 10 hours, preferably 2 to 4 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • In the second step, relative to the product obtained in the first step, typically 10 to 40 equivalents, preferably 20 to 30 equivalents of formaldehyde (37% solution in water), typically 10 to 40 equivalents, preferably 20 to 30 equivalents of acetic acid, as well as typically 1.5 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 2 equivalents of sodium triacetoxyborohydride are used. The solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc., and among them, methanol is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 2 to 10 hours, preferably 2 to 3 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • In the third step, relative to the product obtained in the second step, typically 5 to 20 equivalents, preferably 5 to 17 equivalents of trifluoroacetic acid are used. The solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, 1,4-dioxane, etc., and among them, dichloromethane is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 30 minutes to 2 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 1 hour. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • In step J, the compound (II-7) is reacted with acetic anhydride to produce the compound (II-8) in a conventional solvent. Relative to the compound (II-7), typically 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 3 equivalents of acetic anhydride, and typically 0.1 to 0.5 equivalents, preferably 0.1 to 0.3 equivalents of 4-dimethylaminopyridine are used. The solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, 1,4-dioxane, etc., and among them, acetonitrile is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 6 to 10 hours, preferably 6 to 8 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • In step K, a compound represented by formula (VI-3) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VI-3)”) is reacted with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride to produce a compound represented by formula (VI-4) (hereinafter, referred to as “compound (VI-4)”) in a conventional solvent in the presence of a base. Relative to the compound (VI-3), typically 2 to 3 equivalents, preferably 2 to 2.2 equivalents of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride are used. Relative to the compound (VI-3), typically 2 to 8 equivalents, preferably 5 to 8 equivalents of a base are used. The base can include, for example sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and among them, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is preferable. The solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc., and among them, dichloromethane is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 1 to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 10 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 0 to 40° C., preferably 0 to 25° C.
  • In step L, the compound (II-7) is reacted with the compound (VI-4) to produce the compound (II-9) in a conventional solution in the presence of a base. Relative to the compound (II-7), typically 1 to 3 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 2.0 equivalents of the compound (VI-4) are used. The base can include, for example sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and among them, sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate is preferable. The solvent is not particularly limited, and can include, for example acetonitrile, dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, etc., and among them, acetonitrile is preferable. Although the reaction time varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 10 to 24 hours, preferably 10 to 18 hours. Although the reaction temperature varies depending on reagents or solvents to be used, it is typically 25 to 120° C., preferably 80 to 100° C.
  • In step B′, the compound (II-5), (II-6), or (II-7) can be produced by using the compound (V-5), (V-6), or (V-7) instead of the compound (V-2) in the same way as step B.
  • The produced compound (I) of the present invention can be isolated or purified as an educt, or as its salt caused by salt formation treatment according to a conventional method. The isolation or purification method is not particularly limited and can be carried out, for example by arbitrarily selecting, a conventional method such as crystallization, recrystallization, distillation, separation and chromatography or their combination. A solvate of the compound (I) of the present invention can be obtained according to a method known per se.
  • EXAMPLES
  • Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically explained by citing Reference Examples, Examples, Formulation Examples and Test Examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • In Reference Examples, Examples and Test Examples, temperatures in all cases were designated in Celsius (° C.) unless otherwise specified. All of amounts and percentages are based on the weights unless otherwise specified. Reagents were purchased from reagent suppliers such as Sigma-Aldrich Corporation, Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., or Nacalai Tesque Inc., and used without purification unless otherwise stated.
  • Operations in Reference Examples and Examples were generally conducted in an anhydrous solvent under an argon atmosphere. The reactions were analyzed by TLC (Thin Layer Chromatography), judged by consumption of a starting material, and terminated. For TLC, silica gel 60F254 (Merck) was used, an appropriate solvent was used for development, and it was displayed at an appropriate position. Flash column chromatography was carried out using silica gel SiliaFlash (registered trademark) F60 (230 to 600 meshes, Silicycle Inc.).
  • For the analytical values of the compounds which will be described in Reference Examples and Examples, melting points were measured using MP-500 type V (non correction) produced by Yanaco Co. 1H-NMR spectra were recorded by Bruker instrument operating at 400 MHz. The NMR spectra were obtained as a CDCl3 solution by arbitrarily using chloroform as a reference standard (7.26 ppm) or using tetramethylsilane (0.00 ppm) internally. Other NMR solvents were also used as needed. When peak multiplicities are reported, the following abbreviations are used: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), m (multiplet), br (broad), dd (doublet of doublets), dt (doublet of triplets), td (triplet of doublets). When coupling constants (J values) are explained, they are reported in hertz (Hz).
  • Reference Example 1 Production of 5-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]pyridine-3-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00016
  • Triethylamine (20 mL) and trimethylsilylacetylene (3.32 mL, 24 mmol) were added to a solution of 3-amino-5-bromopyridine (3.46 g, 20 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (561.5 mg, 0.80 mmol) and CuI (76.2 mg, 0.40 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) at room temperature, stirred for 5 minutes, and then stirred under heat reflux for 21 hours. After filtration of the resulting solution, the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=50/50→0/100) to obtain the title compound (2.36 g, 62%) as a brown powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.10 (1H, d, J=1.6 Hz), 8.01 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 7.03 (1H, dd, J=2.8, 1.6 Hz), 3.68 (2H, br s), 0.25 (9H, s).
  • Reference Example 2 Production of 5-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]pyridine-2-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00017
  • 2-Amino-5-bromopyridine (5.2 g, 30 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (842.3 mg, 1.2 mmol), CuI (114.3 mg, 0.60 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (15 mL), triethylamine (30 mL) and trimethylsilylacetylene (4.98 mL, 36 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Reference Example 1 to obtain the title compound (5.17 g, 91%) as a yellow powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.21 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 7.49 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz), 6.41 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 4.56 (2H, br s), 0.24 (9H, s).
  • Reference Example 3 Production of 6-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]pyridine-3-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00018
  • 3-Amino-6-bromopyridine (6.50 g, 37.6 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (1.05 g, 1.5 mmol), CuI (142.8 mg, 0.75 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (19 mL), triethylamine (38 mL) and trimethylsilylacetylene (6.24 mL, 45.1 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Reference Example 1 to obtain the title compound (6.28 g, 88%) as a brown powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.03 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 7.25 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.8 Hz), 3.84 (2H, br s), 0.24 (9H, s).
  • Reference Example 4 Production of 5-ethynylpyridine-3-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00019
  • A solution of sodium hydroxide (1.00 g) in methanol (10 mL) was added to a solution of 5-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]pyridine-3-amine (1.90 g, 10 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at room temperature, and stirred for 4 hours. The resulting solution was diluted with water and extraction was carried with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=50/50→25/75) to obtain the title compound (800.1 mg, 68%) as a brown powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.13 (1H, d, J=1.6 Hz), 8.05 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 1.6 Hz), 3.72 (2H, br s), 3.14 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 5 Production of 5-ethynylpyridine-2-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00020
  • 5-[(Trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]pyridine-2-amine (4.40 g, 23.2 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (23 mL), sodium hydroxide (2.30 g), and methanol (23 mL) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 4 to obtain the title compound (2.71 g, 99%) as a brown powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.23 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 7.51 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz), 6.43 (1H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 4.59 (2H, br s), 3.05 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 6 Production of 6-ethynylpyridine-3-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00021
  • 6-[(Trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]pyridine-3-amine (6.28 g, 33.0 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (33 mL), sodium hydroxide (3.30 g), and methanol (33 mL) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 4 to obtain the title compound (3.60 g, 92%) as a black powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 7.27 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 6.89 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.8 Hz), 3.89 (2H, br s), 3.01 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 7 Production of 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethane-1-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00022
  • Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (3.9 mL, 33.3 mmol) and diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.2 mol/L toluene solution) (15.5 mL, 34.1 mmol) were added to a solution of phthalimide (4.90 g, 34.2 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (9.00 g, 34.2 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (180 mL) at room temperature, and stirred overnight. To the resulting solution, ethanol (60 mL) was further added, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate (50 mL) and hexane (50 mL) were added to the residue, and insolubles were filtered off. After the filtrate was concentrated under a reduced pressure, ethanol (120 mL) and hydrazine monohydrate (2.4 mL, 68.6 mmol) were added, and stirred under heat reflux overnight. After this solution was cooled to room temperature, concentrated hydrochloric acid (15 mL) was added, and stirred under heat reflux for 1 hour. After this solution was cooled to room temperature, insolubles were filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under a reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, which was washed with diethyl ether. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH=13 with a 3N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, and extraction was carried out with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (1.74 g, 44%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.64-3.61 (2H, m), 3.57-3.55 (2H, m), 3.51 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.39 (3H, s), 2.89-2.87 (2H, m).
  • Reference Example 8 Production of 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00023
  • Phthalimide (5.59 g, 38 mmol), triphenylphosphine (10.3 g, 39.2 mmol), triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (6 mL, 38.4 mmol), diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.2 mol/L toluene solution) (18.2 mL, 40 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (150 mL), ethanol (220 mL) and hydrazine monohydrate (3 mL, 84.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 7 to obtain the title compound (4.48 g, 72%) as a yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.67-3.64 (6H, m), 3.57-3.55 (2H, m), 3.51 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.38 (3H, s), 2.87 (2H, br t, J=5.2 Hz).
  • Reference Example 9 Production of 2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00024
  • Phthalimide (2.28 g, 15.5 mmol), triphenylphosphine (4.06 g, 15.5 mmol), tetraethylene glycol monomethyl ether (3 mL, 15 mmol), diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.2 mol/L toluene solution) (7.2 mL, 15.9 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (60 mL), ethanol (50 mL) and hydrazine monohydrate (1.2 mL, 33 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 7 to obtain the title compound (2.94 g, 95%) as a yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.67-3.62 (10H, m), 3.56-3.54 (2H, m), 3.51-3.49 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 2.88-2.83 (2H, m).
  • Reference Example 10 Production of 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00025
  • Phthalimide (1.34 g, 9.4 mmol), triphenylphosphine (2.47 g, 9.4 mmol), pentaethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (2 mL, 8.6 mmol), diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.2 mol/L toluene solution) (4.3 mL, 9.4 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), ethanol (100 mL) and hydrazine monohydrate (660 μL, 18.8 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 7 to obtain the title compound (1.34 g, 62%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.66-3.64 (14H, m), 3.56-3.54 (2H, m), 3.51 (2H, d, J=5.2 Hz), 3.38 (3H, s), 2.86 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz).
  • Reference Example 11 Production of 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2-methoxyethyl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00026
  • 3-Ethynylaniline (585.8 mg, 5.0 mmol) and pyridine (0.44 mL, 5.5 mmol) were added to a solution of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (1.00 g, 5.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL), and stirred at room temperature overnight. To the resulting solution, 2-methoxyethylamine (0.94 mL, 11 mmol) was further added, stirred at room temperature for 5 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=50/50→0/100) to obtain the title compound (1.05 g, 96%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.42 (1H, br s), 7.37 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 7.17 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.03 (1H, br s), 5.31 (1H, br, s), 3.52 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.46-3.42 (2H, m), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.04 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 12 Production of 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00027
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (907.0 mg, 4.5 mmol), dichloromethane (45 mL), 3-ethynylaniline (527.1 mg, 4.5 mmol), pyridine (0.58 mL, 7.2 mmol) and 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethane-1-amine (1.43 g, 12 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 11 to obtain the title compound (620.0 mg, 53%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.45-7.44 (1H, m), 7.42 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 7.15 (1H, br d, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 6.98 (1H, br s), 5.31 (1H, br s), 3.67-3.65 (2H, m), 3.62 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.58-3.56 (2H, m), 3.47-3.43 (2H, m), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.04 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 13 Production of 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00028
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (907.0 mg, 4.5 mmol), dichloromethane (45 mL), 3-ethynylaniline (527.1 mg, 4.5 mmol), pyridine (0.58 mL, 7.2 mmol) and 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-amine (1.96 g, 12 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 11 to obtain the title compound (819.5 mg, 59%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.58 (1H, br s), 7.51 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.48 (1H, t, J=1.2 Hz), 7.21 (1H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 7.10 (1H, br dt, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 5.82 (1H, br s), 3.70-3.67 (6H, m), 3.64-3.61 (4H, m), 3.47-3.43 (5H, m), 3.02 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 14 Production of 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl]urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00029
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (516.0 mg, 2.6 mmol), dichloromethane (25 mL), 3-ethynylaniline (288 μL, 2.6 mmol), pyridine (228 μL, 2.8 mmol) and 2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amine (884.5 mg, 4.3 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 11 to obtain the title compound (393.0 mg, 44%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.73 (1H, br s), 7.54-7.52 (2H, m), 7.19 (1H, br t, J=7.1 Hz), 7.09 (1H, br d, J=7.1 Hz), 5.95 (1H, br s), 3.74-3.72 (4H, m), 3.68-3.65 (4H, m), 3.62-3.58 (6H, m), 3.45-3.41 (2H, m), 3.32 (3H, s), 3.01 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 15 Production of 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00030
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (516.0 mg, 2.6 mmol), dichloromethane (25 mL), 3-ethynylaniline (288 μL, 2.6 mmol), pyridine (228 μL, 2.8 mmol) and 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amine (1.00 g, 4.3 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 11 to obtain the title compound (965 mg, 96%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.80 (1H, br s), 7.55 (1H, s), 7.54 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.19 (1H, br t, J=7.7 Hz), 7.08 (1H, br d, J=7.7 Hz), 6.05 (1H, br s), 3.75-3.72 (4H, m), 3.70-3.64 (6H, m), 3.62-3.59 (6H, m), 3.48-3.43 (4H, m), 3.28 (3H, s), 3.01 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 16 Production of 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00031
  • 5-Ethynylpyridine-3-amine (236.3 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (403.1 mg, 2.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. To a solution of the resulting crude product in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL), 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-amine (359.1 mg, 2.2 mmol) and triethylamine (0.62 mL, 4.4 mmol) were added, stirred under heat reflux overnight, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=91/9) to obtain the title compound (447.7 mg, 73%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.40 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 8.30 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 8.22 (1H, br dd, J=2.8, 2.0 Hz), 7.96 (1H, br s), 6.01 (1H, br s), 3.72-3.62 (10H, m), 3.46-3.43 (5H, m), 3.15 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 17 Production of 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00032
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (201.6 mg, 1.0 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), 5-ethynylpyridine-3-amine (118.2 mg, 1.0 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (10 mL), 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amine (276.5 mg, 1.1 mmol) and triethylamine (0.31 mL, 2.2 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 16 to obtain the title compound (249.5 mg, 63%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.48 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 8.29 (1H, d, J=1.6 Hz), 8.23 (1H, br dd, J=2.8, 1.6 Hz), 8.06 (1H, br s), 6.02 (1H, br s), 3.78-3.75 (4H, m), 3.72-3.59 (12H, m), 3.45-3.43 (4H, m), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.14 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 18 Production of 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2-methoxyethyl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00033
  • Pyridine (0.42 mL, 5.2 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (502.3 mg, 4.3 mmol) were added to a solution of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (873.4 mg, 4.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. To this solution, a solution of 2-methoxyethylamine (664.4 mg, 8.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, then diluted with dichloromethane, and washed with a 10% citric acid aqueous solution and saturated saline. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=1/2) to obtain the title compound (759.7 mg, 81%) as a pale orange solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.41 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.28 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.14 (1H, br s), 5.31 (1H, br s), 3.52 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.46-3.42 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.02 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 19 Production of 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00034
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (622.2 mg, 3.1 mmol), dichloromethane (12 mL), pyridine (0.25 mL, 3.1 mmol), 4-ethynylaniline (300 mg, 2.6 mmol) and 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethane-1-amine (613.2 mg, 5.1 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 18 to obtain the title compound (485.3 mg, 72%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.38-7.31 (5H, m), 5.54 (1H, br s), 3.65-3.64 (2H, m), 3.61 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.57-3.54 (2H, m), 3.46-3.42 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 3.00 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 20 Production of 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00035
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (3.43 g, 17.0 mmol), dichloromethane (130 mL), pyridine (1.54 mL, 19.0 mmol), 4-ethynylaniline (2.0 g, 17.0 mmol) and 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-amine (3.60 g, 22.1 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 18 to obtain the title compound (3.87 g, 74%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.73 (1H, br s), 7.38 (4H, m), 5.87 (1H, br s), 3.69 (6H, br m), 3.63-3.61 (4H, m), 3.46-3.45 (5H, m), 2.99 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 21 Production of 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00036
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (253.9 mg, 1.3 mmol), dichloromethane (4 mL), pyridine (0.12 mL, 1.5 mmol), 4-ethynylaniline (120.5 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amine (417.9 mg, 2.0 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 18 to obtain the title compound (348.5 mg, 97%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.82 (1H, br s), 7.43 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.37 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 5.90 (1H, br t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.77-3.74 (4H, m), 3.68-3.65 (4H, m), 3.63-3.58 (6H, m), 3.45-3.41 (2H, m), 3.30 (3H, s), 2.99 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 22 Production of 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00037
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (216.0 mg, 1.1 mmol), dichloromethane (4 mL), pyridine (0.10 mL, 1.2 mmol), 4-ethynylaniline (103.5 mg, 0.88 mmol) and 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amine (431.5 mg, 1.7 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 18 to obtain the title compound (335.2 mg, 96%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.93 (1H, br s), 7.44 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.38 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 5.99 (1H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.78-3.73 (4H, m), 3.71-3.68 (2H, m), 3.67-3.64 (4H, m), 3.63-3.58 (6H, m), 3.45-3.41 (4H, m), 3.27 (3H, s), 2.98 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 23 Production of 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00038
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (341.0 mg, 1.7 mmol), dichloromethane (18 mL), 5-ethynylpyridine-2-amine (200 mg, 1.7 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (15 mL), triethylamine (1.2 mL, 8.5 mmol) and 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-amine (408.0 mg, 2.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 16 to obtain the title compound (168.0 mg, 32%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.31 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 1.8 Hz), 7.11 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 3.65-3.59 (8H, m), 3.52-3.47 (4H, m), 3.34 (4H, br s).
  • Reference Example 24 Production of 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00039
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (341.0 mg, 1.7 mmol), dichloromethane (18 mL), 5-ethynylpyridine-2-amine (200 mg, 1.7 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (15 mL), triethylamine (520 μL, 1.9 mmol) and 2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amine (526.0 mg, 2.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 16 to obtain the title compound (284.0 mg, 48%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.31 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 7.72 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 1.8 Hz), 7.12 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 3.67-3.59 (12H, m), 3.52-3.46 (4H, m), 3.35 (1H, s), 3.34 (3H, s).
  • Reference Example 25 Production of 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00040
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (341.0 mg, 1.7 mmol), dichloromethane (20 mL), 5-ethynylpyridine-2-amine (200 mg, 1.7 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (15 mL), triethylamine (260 μL, 1.9 mmol) and 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amine (850.0 mg, 3.4 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 16 to obtain the title compound (553.0 mg, 83%) as a yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.31 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 7.72 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 1.8 Hz), 7.12 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 3.66-3.59 (16H, m), 3.53-3.46 (4H, m), 3.35 (1H, s), 3.34 (3H, s).
  • Reference Example 26 Production of 1-(6-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00041
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (341.0 mg, 1.7 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (18 mL), 6-ethynylpyridine-3-amine (200 mg, 1.7 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (15 mL), triethylamine (260 μL, 1.9 mmol) and 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy) ethoxy]ethane-1-amine (552.0 mg, 3.4 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 16 to obtain the title compound (319.7 mg, 62%) as a pale orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.37 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.33 (1H, s), 8.12 (1H, dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 6.17 (1H, br s), 3.67-3.58 (10H, m), 3.44-3.43 (2H, m), 3.40 (3H, s), 3.13 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 27 Production of 1-(6-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00042
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (273.0 mg, 1.4 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (15 mL), 6-ethynylpyridine-3-amine (160 mg, 1.4 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (15 mL), triethylamine (260 μL, 1.9 mmol) and 2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amine (560.0 mg, 2.7 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 16 to obtain the title compound (417.3 mg, 88%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.39 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.17 (1H, dd, J=8.7, 2.4 Hz), 8.11 (1H, s), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.7 Hz), 6.13 (1H, br s), 3.76-3.74 (4H, m), 3.68-3.66 (6H, m), 3.62-3.59 (4H, m), 3.46-3.42 (2H, m), 3.31 (3H, s), 3.05 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 28 Production of 1-(6-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00043
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (341.0 mg, 1.7 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (18 mL), 6-ethynylpyridine-3-amine (200.0 mg, 1.7 mmol), 1,4-dioxane (15 mL), triethylamine (260 μL, 1.9 mmol) and 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amine (850.0 mg, 3.4 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 16 to obtain the title compound (585.0 mg, 88%) as a yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.43 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.17-8.16 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 6.13 (1H, br s), 3.77-3.58 (18H, m), 3.45-3.44 (2H, m), 3.26 (3H, s), 3.06 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 29 Production of 2-methoxyethyl (3-ethynylphenyl)carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00044
  • Di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.34 g, 5.3 mmol) and triethylamine (1.39 mL, 10 mmol) were added to a solution of 2-methoxyethanol (0.39 mL, 5.0 mmol) in ethyl acetate (15 mL) while cooling in ice, stirred for 30 minutes, and then stirred at room temperature overnight. To the resulting solution, 3-ethynylaniline (0.62 mL, 5.5 mmol) was further added, and stirred under heat reflux for 5 hours. The solvent was distilled away under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=80/20→50/50) to obtain the title compound (771.0 mg, 70%) as a colorless oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.50 (1H, br s), 7.39 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.25 (1H, br t, J=7.6 Hz), 7.19 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 6.74 (1H, br s), 4.33 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.64 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.42 (3H, s), 3.06 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 30 Production of 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (3-ethynylphenyl)carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00045
  • Diethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (0.59 mL, 5.0 mmol), ethyl acetate (15 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.34 g, 5.3 mmol), triethylamine (1.39 mL, 10 mmol) and 3-ethynylaniline (0.62 mL, 5.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (757.5 mg, 57%) as a colorless oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.50 (1H, br s), 7.39 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.25 (1H, t, J=7.6 HZ), 7.18 (1H, br dt, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 6.75 (1H, br s), 4.34 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.75 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.68-3.66 (2H, m), 3.58-3.56 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.05 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 31 Production of 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (3-ethynylphenyl)carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00046
  • Triethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (0.78 mL, 5.0 mmol), ethyl acetate (15 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.34 g, 5.3 mmol), triethylamine (1.39 mL, 10 mmol) and 3-ethynylaniline (0.62 mL, 5.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (1.00 g, 68%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.51 (1H, br s), 7.40 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.25 (1H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 7.18 (1H, br dt, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 6.91 (1H, br s), 4.33 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.75 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.70-3.65 (6H, m), 3.57-3.55 (2H, m), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.05 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 32 Production of 2-methoxyethyl (4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00047
  • 2-Methoxyethanol (385.9 mg, 5.1 mmol), ethyl acetate (4 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.35 g, 5.3 mmol), triethylamine (2.0 mL, 14 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (704.2 mg, 6.0 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (913.7 mg, 82%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.34 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 6.79 (1H, br s), 4.34-4.32 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.65-3.62 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.41 (3H, s), 3.02 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 33 Production of 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00048
  • Diethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (600.6 mg, 5.0 mmol), ethyl acetate (4 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.35 g, 5.3 mmol), triethylamine (2 mL, 14 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (709.7 mg, 6.1 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (1.06 g, 80%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.44 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.34 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 6.77 (1H, br s), 4.34 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.74 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.68-3.66 (2H, m), 3.58-3.56 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.02 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 34 Production of 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00049
  • Triethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (824.3 mg, 5.0 mmol), ethyl acetate (4 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.37 g, 5.3 mmol), triethylamine (2.0 mL, 14 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (744.2 mg, 6.4 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (1.21 g, 79%) as a yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.35 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 6.93 (1H, br s), 4.33 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.74 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.71-3.69 (6H, m), 3.57-3.55 (2H, m), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.02 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 35 Production of 2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl (4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00050
  • Tetraethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (1.53 g, 7.4 mmol), ethyl acetate (10 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (2.11 g, 8.2 mmol), triethylamine (3.0 mL, 22 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (1.12 g, 9.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (1.54 g, 60%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hzs), 7.36 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.10 (1H, br s), 4.33 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.74 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.68-3.64 (10H, m), 3.57-3.54 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 3.02 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 36 Production of 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl(4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00051
  • Pentaethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (1.54 g, 6.1 mmol), ethyl acetate (10 mL), di(N-succinimidyl)carbonate (1.77 g, 6.9 mmol), triethylamine (2.6 mL, 19 mmol), 4-ethynylaniline (962.2 mg, 8.2 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (78.5 mg, 0.64 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 29 to obtain the title compound (1.20 g, 50%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.43 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.37 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.14 (1H, br s), 4.33 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.74 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.67-3.63 (14H, m), 3.55-3.52 (2H, m), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.02 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 37 Production of 3,6,9,12-tetraoxatridecanoic acid
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00052
  • Tetraethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (3.04 g, 19 mmol) was added to a solution of 60% sodium hydride (1.37 g, 34 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) while cooling in ice and stirred for 20 minutes. To this solution, tert-butyl bromoacetate (4.31 g, 22 mmol) was dripped while cooling in ice, and stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. To this solution, lithium hydroxide (1.73 g, 72 mmol) and water (15 mL) were further added and stirred under heat reflux for 4 hours. The solution was diluted with water and washed with diethyl ether. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH=1 with 6N hydrochloric acid, and extraction was carried out with dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=10/1. The organic layers were combined, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (2.13 g, 52%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.16 (2H, s), 3.78-3.75 (2H, m), 3.70-3.63 (8H, m), 3.59-3.57 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s).
  • Reference Example 38 Production of 3,6,9,12,15-pentaoxahexadecanoic acid
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00053
  • 60% Sodium hydride (2.20 g, 54.6 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (29 mL), tetraethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (3.80 g, 18.2 mmol), tert-butyl bromoacetate (2.93 mL, 20.0 mmol), lithium hydroxide (1.30 g, 54.6 mmol) and water (3.6 mL) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 37 to obtain the title compound (2.79 g, 58%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.16 (2H, s), 3.77-3.56 (16H, m), 3.39 (3H, s).
  • Reference Example 39 Production of 3,6,9,12,15,18-hexaoxanonadecanoic acid
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00054
  • 60% Sodium hydride (600 mg, 15 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (8 mL), pentaethyleneglycol monomethyl ether (1.26 g, 5.0 mmol), tert-butyl bromoacetate (0.81 mL, 5.5 mmol), lithium hydroxide (359.3 mg, 15 mmol) and water (1 mL) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 37 to obtain the title compound (1.38 g, 89%) as a colourless oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.17 (2H, s), 3.75-3.55 (20H, m), 3.38 (3H, s).
  • Reference Example 40 Production of N-(3-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxanonadecane-19-amide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00055
  • 1-Ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (238.5 mg, 1.2 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (161.1 mg, 1.3 mmol) and 3-ethynylaniline (116.3 mg, 0.99 mmol) were added to a solution of 3,6,9,12,15,18-hexaoxanonadecanoic acid (214.4 mg, 0.70 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1N hydrochloric acid, a saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution and saturated saline, and then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (218.2 mg, 77%) as an orange oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.89 (1H, s), 7.74 (1H, t, J=1.6 Hz), 7.67 (1H, dt, J=8.0, 1.6 Hz), 7.28 (1H, dt, J=8.0 Hz), 7.24 (1H, dt, J=8.0, 1.6 Hz), 4.10 (2H, s), 3.77-3.75 (2H, m), 3.72-3.71 (4H, m), 3.69-3.67 (2H, m), 3.63-3.59 (10H, m), 3.53-3.51 (2H, m), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.10 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 41 Production of N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00056
  • 3,6,9,12-Tetraoxatridecanoic acid (488.9 mg, 2.2 mmol), dichloromethane (3 mL), 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (766.8 mg, 4.0 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (366.4 mg, 6.0 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (234.3 mg, 2.0 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 40 to obtain the title compound (257.8 mg, 40%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.88 (1H, br, s), 7.61 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.45 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 4.11 (2H, s), 3.77-3.60 (10H, m), 3.52-3.49 (2H, m), 3.34 (3H, s), 3.04 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 42 Production of N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00057
  • 3,6,9,12,15-Pentaoxahexadecanoic acid (878.8 mg, 3.3 mmol), dichloromethane (5 mL), 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (1.15 g, 6.0 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1.47 g, 12 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (351.5 mg, 3.0 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 40 to obtain the title compound (408.3 mg, 37%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.88 (1H, br, s), 7.61 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.45 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 4.11 (2H, s), 3.77-3.59 (14H, m), 3.52-3.50 (2H, m), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.04 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 43 Production of N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxanonadecane-19-amide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00058
  • 3,6,9,12,15,18-Hexaoxanonadecanoic acid (220.3 mg, 0.71 mmol), dichloromethane (3 mL), 4-ethynylaniline (109.8 mg, 0.94 mmol), 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (284.4 mg, 1.5 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (173.5 mg, 1.4 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 40 to obtain the title compound (199.6 mg, 69%) as a red oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.02 (1H, br, s), 7.64 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.44 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 4.10 (2H, s), 3.77-3.74 (2H, m), 3.72-3.70 (4H, m), 3.68-3.66 (2H, m), 3.62-3.59 (10H, m), 3.52-3.50 (2H, m), 3.35 (3H, s), 3.11 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 44 Production of N-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00059
  • 1-Ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (526.1 mg, 2.7 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (664.6 mg, 5.4 mmol), dichloromethane (5 mL) and 5-ethynylpyridine-2-amine (239.6 mg, 2.0 mmol) were added to 3,6,9,12-tetraoxatridecanoic acid (320.1 mg, 1.4 mmol), and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with a 10% citric acid aqueous solution, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=1/4) to obtain the title compound (199.4 mg, 43%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.24 (1H, br, s), 8.42 (1H, br d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.23 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.79 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz), 4.16 (2H, s), 3.79-3.77 (2H, m), 3.74-3.72 (6H, m), 3.66-3.63 (2H, m), 3.55-3.52 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 3.16 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 45 Production of N-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00060
  • 3,6,9,12,15-Pentaoxanhexadecanoic acid (427.8 mg, 1.6 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (1.24 g, 3.3 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.2 mL, 6.9 mmol) and 5-ethynylpyridine-2-amine (181 mg, 1.5 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 44 to obtain the title compound (140.2 mg, 25%) as a red oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.28 (1H, br, s), 8.41 (1H, s), 8.21 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.78 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 4.18 (2H, s), 3.79-3.77 (2H, m), 3.74-3.71 (6H, m), 3.66-3.63 (6H, m), 3.55-3.52 (2H, m), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.22 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 46 Production of N-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxanonadecane-19-amide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00061
  • 3,6,9,12,15,18-Hexaoxanonadecanoic acid (315.0 mg, 1.0 mmol), dichloromethane (1 mL), N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL), 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (413.0 mg, 2.2 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (497.0 mg, 4.1 mmol) and 5-ethynylpyridine-2-amine (239.0 mg, 2.0 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 44 to obtain the title compound (266.6 mg, 64%) as an orange solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.27 (1H, br, s), 8.41 (1H, br d, J=2.0 Hz), 8.23 (1H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.79 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz), 4.16 (2H, s), 3.78-3.63 (18H, m), 3.55-3.54 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 3.16 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 47 Production of N-(6-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00062
  • 3,6,9,12-Tetraoxatridecanoic acid (446.5 mg, 2.0 mmol), 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (776.0 mg, 4.0 mmol), dichloromethane (10 mL), triethylamine (1.1 mL, 7.9 mmol), 6-ethynylpyridine-3-amine (255.2 mg, 2.2 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (30.5 mg, 0.25 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 44 to obtain the title compound (96.7 mg, 15%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.16 (1H, br, s), 8.66 (1H, br s), 8.28 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz), 7.47 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 4.14 (2H, s), 3.77-3.63 (10H, m), 3.51-3.49 (2H, m), 3.32 (3H, s), 3.14 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 48 Production of 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl-4-methylbenzenesulfonate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00063
  • Triethylamine (1.27 mL, 9.15 mmol) and triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (525 μL, 3.05 mmol) were added to a solution of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (872.2 mg, 4.58 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL), and stirred at room temperature overnight. To this solution, methanol (0.5 mL) was further added, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. Diethyl ether was added to the residue, and insolubles were filtered off and washed with diethyl ether and isopropanol. The filtrate was concentrated under a reduced pressure, water was added to the residue, and extraction was carried out with dichloromethane. The organic layers were combined, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (796.9 mg, 82%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.80 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.34 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 4.16 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.70-3.68 (2H, m), 3.62-3.59 (6H, m), 3.54-3.52 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 2.45 (3H, s).
  • Reference Example 49 Production of 2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00064
  • p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (7.19 g, 37.7 mmol), dichloromethane (25 mL), triethylamine (10.5 mL, 75.3 mmol) and tetraethylene glycol monomethyl ether (5 mL, 25.1 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 48 to obtain the title compound (8.24 g, 90%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.80 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.34 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 4.16 (2H, br t, J=5.0 Hz), 3.70-3.68 (2H, m), 3.65-3.62 (6H, m), 3.59-3.57 (4H, m), 3.55-3.53 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 2.45 (3H, s).
  • Reference Example 50 Production of 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00065
  • p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (3.06 g, 16.1 mmol), dichloromethane (12 mL), triethylamine (4.5 mL, 32.1 mmol), and pentaethylene glycol monomethyl ether (2.5 mL, 10.7 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 48 to obtain the title compound (3.14 g, 72%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.80 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.34 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 4.16 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.70-3.58 (16H, m), 3.55-3.54 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, br s), 2.45 (3H, s).
  • Reference Example 51 Production of 3-ethynyl-N-(2-methoxyethyl)aniline
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00066
  • 3-Ethynylaniline (288 μL, 2.6 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (360 μL, 3.8 mmol) were added to a solution of cesium carbonate (1.37 g, 4.2 mmol) and potassium iodide (84.0 mg, 0.52 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL), and stirred at 100° C. overnight. The solution was diluted with water, extraction was carried out with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane→hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=96/4) to obtain the title compound (132.2 mg, 29%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.11 (1H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 6.85 (1H, br d, J=7.5 Hz), 6.74 (1H, t, J=2.2 Hz), 6.62 (1H, t, J=7.5, 2.2 Hz), 4.06 (1H, br s), 3.59 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.27 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.00 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 52 Production of 3-ethynyl-N-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]aniline
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00067
  • Cesium carbonate (1.37 g, 4.2 mmol), potassium iodide (84.0 mg, 0.52 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL), 3-ethynylaniline (288 μL, 2.6 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethane (517 μL, 3.8 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 51 to obtain the title compound (155.0 mg, 28%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.10 (1H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 6.84 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 6.74 (1H, t, J=2.2 Hz), 6.62 (1H, br dd, J=7.6, 2.2 Hz), 4.16 (1H, br s), 3.70 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.65-3.63 (2H, m), 3.57-3.54 (2H, m), 3.40 (3H, s), 3.31-3.27 (2H, m), 3.00 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 53 Production of 3-ethynyl-N-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}aniline
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00068
  • Potassium carbonate (194.0 mg, 1.4 mmol), potassium iodide (29.0 mg, 0.18 mmol) and 3-ethynylaniline (96 μL, 0.85 mmol) were added to a solution of 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl-4-methylbenzenesulfonate (223.0 mg, 0.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (4 mL), and stirred under heat reflux overnight. Insolubles were filtered off from the resulting solution, and then the filtrate was concentrated under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=60/40→40/60) to obtain the title compound (100.2 mg, 54%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.10 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 6.84 (1H, br d, J=7.9 Hz), 6.74 (1H, t, J=2.2 Hz), 6.62 (1H, br dd, J=7.9, 2.2 Hz), 4.20 (1H, br s), 3.70 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.67-3.64 (6H, m), 3.57-3.55 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.28 (2H, br m), 3.00 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 54 Production of 4-ethynyl-N-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]aniline
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00069
  • Cesium carbonate (1.37 g, 4.2 mmol), potassium iodide (84.0 mg, 0.52 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL), 4-ethynylaniline (300.0 mg, 2.6 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethane (777 μL, 5.8 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 51 to obtain the title compound (100.0 mg, 18%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.30 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 6.52 (1H, br s=8.8 Hz), 4.33 (1H, br s), 3.69 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.64-3.62 (2H, m), 3.56-3.54 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.30-3.29 (2H, m), 2.95 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 55 Production of 4-ethynyl-N-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}aniline
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00070
  • 2-[2-(2-Methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl 4-methylbenzensulfonate (669.0 mg, 2.1 mmol), acetonitrile (12 mL), potassium carbonate (582.0 mg, 4.2 mmol), potassium iodide (87.0 mg, 0.52 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (300.0 mg, 2.6 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 53 to obtain the title compound (224.9 mg, 40%) as a brown oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.30 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 6.53 (1H, br s=8.8 Hz), 4.36 (1H, br s), 3.70 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.65-3.64 (6H, m), 3.57-3.54 (2H, m), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.32-3.28 (2H, m), 2.95 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 56 Production of N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00071
  • 2,5,8,11-Tetraoxatridecane-13-yl 4-methylbenzensulfonate (1.00 g, 2.8 mmol), acetonitrile (20 mL), potassium carbonate (1.40 g, 10 mmol), potassium iodide (227 mg, 1.4 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (800.0 mg, 6.8 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 53 to obtain the title compound (446.0 mg, 53%) as a yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.30 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 6.53 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 4.36 (1H, br s), 3.70 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.66-3.63 (10H, m), 3.55-3.53 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 3.32-3.28 (2H, m), 2.95 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 57 Production of N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00072
  • 2,5,8,11,14-Pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl 4-methylbenzensulfonate (694.3 mg, 1.7 mmol), acetonitrile (12 mL), potassium carbonate (885.0 mg, 6.4 mmol), potassium iodide (141.8 mg, 0.85 mmol) and 4-ethynylaniline (500.0 mg, 4.3 mmol) were used as raw materials and treated in the same way as Reference Example 53 to obtain the title compound (104.0 mg, 17%) as a yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.30 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 6.53 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 4.39 (1H, br s), 3.70 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.66-3.62 (14H, m), 3.55-3.52 (2H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 3.31-3.28 (2H, m), 2.95 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 58 Production of 2,2′-dithiosalicylic dichloride
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00073
  • Oxalyl chloride (25 mL, 291.5 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (150 μL, 1.94 mmol) were added to a solution of 2,2′-dithiosalicylic acid (25.0 g, 81.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (220 mL), and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The resulting solution was further stirred at 50° C. for 24 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with hexane at 0° C. and dried to obtain the title compound (24.9 g, 89%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.40 (2H, dd, J=8.0, 1.4 Hz), 7.77 (2H, dd, J=8.0, 1.1 Hz), 7.55 (2H, td, J=8.0, 1.4 Hz), 7.24 (2H, td, J=8.0, 1.1 Hz).
  • Reference Example 59 Production of 2,2′-dithiobis(N-methylbenzamide)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00074
  • Methylamine (2M tetrahydrofuran solution) (80 mL, 160.2 mmol) was added to a solution of 2,2′-dithiosalicylic dichloride (12.5 g, 36.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (56 mL) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Water was added to this solution, stirred for 30 minutes, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried to obtain the title compound (11.7 g, 96%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.75 (2H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.47 (2H, dd, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 7.36 (2H, td, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 7.24 (2H, td, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 6.13 (2H, br m), 2.97 (6H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Reference Example 60 Production of 2-mercapto-N-methylbenzamide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00075
  • Sodium borohydride (3.05 g, 80.7 mmol) was added to a solution of 2,2′-dithiobis(N-methylbenzamide) (11.7 g, 35.1 mmol) in ethanol (110 mL) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solution was diluted with water, adjusted to pH=1 with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, and extraction was carried out with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (7.72 g, 66%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.42 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 1.5 Hz), 7.32 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 1.3 Hz), 7.25 (1H, td, J=7.8, 1.5 Hz), 7.13 (1H, td, J=7.8, 1.3 Hz), 6.12 (1H, br m), 4.77 (1H, s), 2.99 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Reference Example 61 Production of 6-iodo-1H-indazole
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00076
  • A concentrated hydrochloric acid (35 mL, 420 mmol) and an aqueous solution (30 mL) of sodium nitrite (6.64 g, 96 mmol) were added to a suspension prepared by adding water (30 mL) to 6-aminoindazole (10.4 g, 78 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes. Subsequently, to this solution, an aqueous solution (30 mL) of potassium iodide (15.91 g, 96 mmol) was added at 0° C., stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, to which dichloromethane (80 mL) was then added, and stirred at 40° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C., then adjusted to pH=14 with a 3N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, and the precipitate was taken by filtration. The resulting precipitate was washed with 10% sodium thiosulfate, dissolved in tetrahydrofuran, and then silica gel was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, hexane (600 mL) was added and filtered. The residue was washed twice with a THF/hexane (1/3 (v/v)) solution, then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (15.23 g, 80%) as an orange powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.24 (1H, br, s), 8.04 (1H, br s), 7.92 (1H, br s), 7.51 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.46 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz).
  • Reference Example 62 Production of 2-{(1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00077
  • N,N-Dimethylformamide (25 mL) was added to 6-iodo-1H-indazole (5.51 g, 22 mmol), 2-mercapto-N-methylbenzamide (5.16 g, 31 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (1.02 g, 1.1 mmol), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (1.46 g, 2.5 mmol) and cesium hydroxide monohydrate (5.67 g, 33 mmol) and stirred under an argon atmosphere at 100° C. for 4.5 hours. The solvent was distilled away from the reaction solution under a reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with water and saturated saline. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=1/3) to obtain the title compound (6.14 g, 96%) as a pale orange solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.13 (1H, br s), 8.36 (1H, br q, J=4.4 Hz), 8.10 (1H, s), 7.78 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.59 (1H, br s), 7.48-7.46 (1H, m), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.25 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.08 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 6.99-6.97 (1H, m), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Reference Example 63 Production of 2-{(3-iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00078
  • A solution of iodine (11.09 g, 46 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was added to a solution of 2-{(1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (7.32 g, 26 mmol) and potassium carbonate (7.36 g, 53 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) at 0° C. for 30 minutes, and stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The solvent was distilled away from the reaction liquid under a reduced pressure, then the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and washed with a 10% sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution, a saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution and saturated saline. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with a hexane/ethyl acetate (1/1 (v/v)) solution and dried to obtain the title compound (7.60 g, 72%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.55 (1H, br s), 8.37 (1H, br q, J=4.4 Hz), 7.56 (1H, br s), 7.49-7.47 (1H, m), 7.44 (1H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.31 (1H, td, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.28 (1H, td, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 1.6 Hz), 7.04-7.02 (1H, m), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Reference Example 64 Production of triethylene glycol mono-tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00079
  • Triethylene glycol (2.2 mL, 16.5 mmol) was added to a solution of 60% sodium hydride (713 mg, 17.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (88 mL) at 0° C. and stilled at room temperature for 40 minutes. To this solution, tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane (2.74 g, 18.2 mmol) was added, stirred at room temperature for 23 hours, then water was added, and extraction was carried out with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (4.19 g, quant.) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.79-3.72 (4H, m), 3.67-3.54 (8H, m), 0.90 (9H, s), 0.07 (6H, s).
  • Reference Example 65 Production of 2-(2,2,3,3-tetramethyl-4,7,10-trioxa-3-siladodecan-12-yl)isoindoline-1,3-dione
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00080
  • Triethyleneglycol mono-tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether (1.3 g, 4.92 mmol) and diethylazodicarboxylate (2.2 mol/L, toluene solution) (2.4 mL, 5.3 mmol) were added to a solution of phthalimide (1.15 g, 7.82 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (2.06 g, 7.85 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) at room temperature, and stirred overnight. Further ethanol (20 mL) was added, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. To the residue, ethyl acetate (12.5 mL) and hexane (12.5 mL) were added, and insolubles were filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated under a reduced pressure, and then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (v/v)=5/95→0/100) to obtain the title compound (822 mg, 42%) as a colorless oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (2H, dd, J=5.2, 3.2 Hz), 7.71 (2H, dd, J=5.2, 3.2 Hz), 3.90 (2H, t, J=6.0 Hz), 3.74 (2H, t, J=6.0 Hz), 3.70 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.65-3.59 (4H, m), 3.50 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 0.87 (s, 9H), 0.04 (s, 6H).
  • Reference Example 66 Production of 2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethanol
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00081
  • Hydrazine monohydrate (322.6 μL, 9.2 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-(2,2,3,3-tetramethyl-4,7,10-trioxa-3-siladodecan-12-yl)isoindoline-1,3-dione (822 mg, 2.09 mmol) in ethanol (120 mL), and stirred under heat reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature, concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL) was added and stirred under heat reflux for 2 hours. This solution was cooled to room temperature, then the insolubles were filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under a reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, which was washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH=9 with a 3N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution and washed with dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=10/1. The solvent in the aqueous layer was distilled away under a reduced pressure, and then dichloromethane was added to the residue. The insolubles were filtered off, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (239.1 mg, 77%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.73 (2H, t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.69-3.64 (6H, m), 3.59 (2H, t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.03 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Reference Example 67 Production of 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-{2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00082
  • 4-Ethynylaniline (170.4 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (289.3 mg, 1.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6.8 mL), stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. To a solution of the resulting crude product in dichloromethane (4 mL), a solution of 2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethanol (239 mg, 1.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) and triethylamine (303 μL, 2.2 mmol) were added, stirred at room temperature overnight, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate/methanol (v/v)=100/0→90/10) to obtain the title compound (325.4 mg, 77%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.30 (1H, br s), 7.32 (4H, m), 6.22 (1H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 4.37 (1H, br s), 3.72 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.55-3.53 (6H, m), 3.49 (2H, t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.36-3.34 (2H, m), 3.05 (1H, s).
  • Reference Example 68 Production of 1-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-3-(4-ethynylphenyl)urea [0327]
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00083
  • 4-Ethynylaniline (200 mg, 1.7 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (341 mg, 1.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (7.5 mL), stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. A solution of the resulting crude product in dichloromethane (10 mL) was dripped into a solution of 2,2′-[1,2-ethane-diyl-bis(oxy)]bis-ethaneamine (496 μL, 3.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at 0° C., stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=99/1→90/10) to obtain the title compound (417 mg, 84%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.71 (1H, br s), 7.37 (4H, m), 5.85 (1H, br s), 3.68-3.58 (8H, m), 3.49-3.46 (2H, m), 3.00-2.98 (3H, m), 1.73 (2H, br s).
  • Reference Example 69 Production of tert-butyl N-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00084
  • 2,2′-[1,2-Ethane-diyl-bis(oxy)]bis-ethaneamine (2 mL, 13.6 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (2.4 mL, 13.8 mmol) were added to a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (30% tetrahydrofuran solution) (5.1 mL, 6.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (29 mL), stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol/triethylamine (v/v/v)=18/1/1) to obtain the title compound (810 mg, 53%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.13 (1H, br s), 3.62-3.49 (10H, m), 3.33 (2H, br s), 2.88 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 1.45 (9H, s).
  • Reference Example 70 Production of tert-butyl(2-{2-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)carbamate
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00085
  • Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.04 g, 4.9 mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl {2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}carbamate (810 mg, 3.3 mmol), formaldehyde (37% aqueous solution) (8 mL, 98.6 mmol) and acetic acid (5.6 mL, 97.9 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) at 0° C., stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then a saturated potassium carbonate aqueous solution was added. This solution was extracted with dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=10/1, the organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=4/1) to obtain the title compound (277.5 mg, 31%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.22 (1H, br s), 3.63-3.61 (6H, m), 3.54 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.32-3.29 (2H, m), 2.60 (2H, br t, J=5.6 Hz), 2.33 (6H, s), 1.44 (9H, 9s).
  • Reference Example 71 Production of 2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]-N,N-dimethyl-ethanamine
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00086
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (2.5 mL, 14.7 mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl (2-{2-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)carbamate (236 mg, 0.85 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.5 mL), stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol, and prepared to be basic with a 3N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution. This solution was extracted with dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=10/1, the organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then the solvent was distilled away under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (137.2 mg, 91%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.63-3.60 (4H, m), 3.58 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.51 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 2.87-2.86 (2H, m), 2.52 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 2.26 (s, 6H).
  • Reference Example 72 Production of 1-(2-{2-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)-3-(4-ethynylphenyl)urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00087
  • 4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (516 mg, 2.6 mmol), dichloromethane (25 mL), 4-ethynylaniline (300 mg, 2.6 mmol) and pyridine (206 μL, 2.6 mmol) were added, stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. To a solution of the resulting crude product in dichloromethane (4 mL), a solution of 2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]-N,N-dimethylethanamine (600 mg, 3.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) and triethylamine (356.8 μL, 2.6 mmol) were added, stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=99/1→90/10) to obtain the title compound (201 mg, 26%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.17 (1H, br s), 7.55 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.35 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 6.70 (1H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 4.01-3.99 (2H, m), 3.68-3.66 (2H, m), 3.63-3.61 (2H, m), 3.58 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.47-3.43 (2H, m), 3.27-3.25 (2H, m), 2.99 (1H, s), 2.88 (6H, s).
  • Reference Example 73 Production of N-[2-(2-{2-[3-(4-ethynylphenyl)ureido]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethyl]acetamide
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00088
  • Anhydrous acetic acid (48.2 μL, 0.51 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (8.3 mg, 0.068 mmol) were added to a solution of 1-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-3-(4-ethynylphenyl)urea (100 mg, 0.34 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 mL), stirred at room temperature for 8 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=98/2→90/10) to obtain the title compound (75.2 mg, 66%) as a pale yellow oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.51 (1H, br s), 7.43 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.38 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 5.94 (1H, br s), 5.69 (1H, br s), 3.68-3.55 (8H, m), 3.49-3.46 (4H, m), 2.99 (1H, s), 2.04 (3H, s).
  • Reference Example 74 Production of oxybis(ethane-2,1-diyl) bis(4-methylbenzenesulfonate)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00089
  • Diethylene glycol (980 μL, 9.4 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (3.58 g, 18.8 mmol) were added to a solution of potassium hydroxide (4.23 g, 75.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at 0° C., and stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours. The solution was diluted with water and extraction was carried out with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (3.38 g, 87%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.78 (4H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.35 (4H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 4.09 (4H, t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.61 (4H, t, J=4.8 Hz), 2.45 (6H, s).
  • Reference Example 75 Production of 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-{2-[2-(2-morpholinoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00090
  • Oxybis(ethane-2,1-diyl) bis(4-methylbenzenesulfonate) (233.8 mg, 0.56 mmol) and potassium carbonate (97.4 mg, 0.71 mmol) were added to a solution of 1-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-3-(4-ethynylphenyl)urea (136 mg, 0.47 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL), stirred under heat reflux for 16 hours, and then the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, and extraction was carried out with a dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=10/1 solution. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=99/1→90/10) to obtain the title compound (116.1 mg, 68%) as a colorless oily matter.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.89 (1H, br s), 7.38 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.34 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 5.90 (1H, br s), 3.71-3.69 (4H, m), 3.62-3.60 (6H, m), 3.55 (2H, t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.42-3.41 (2H, m), 3.01 (1H, s), 2.62-2.60 (2H, m), 2.53-2.52 (4H, m).
  • Example 1 Production of 2-{[3-({3-[3-(2-methoxyethyl)ureido]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 1)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00091
  • N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-{(3-iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2-methoxyethyl)urea (63.3 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol) and CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) at room temperature, stirred for 5 minutes, and then stirred 80° C. for 2 hours. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled away under a reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol (v/v)=95/5→90/10) to obtain the title compound (74.3 mg, 61%) as a brown powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.78 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.69 (1H, t, J=1.6 Hz), 7.59 (1H, br s), 7.48-7.46 (1H, m), 7.40-7.19 (7H, m), 3.49 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.40-3.37 (5H, m), 2.85 (3H, s).
  • Example 2 Production of 2-({3-[(3-{3-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]ureido}phenyl)ethynyl]-1H-indazol-6-yl}thio)-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 2)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00092
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]urea (76.1 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (72.6 mg, 55%) as a pale orange powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.55 (1H, br s), 8.73 (1H, br s), 8.36 (1H, br q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.81 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.78 (1H, br s), 7.61 (1H, br s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.37-7.27 (4H, m), 7.21-7.17 (2H, m), 7.05 (1H, br dd, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 6.25 (1H, br t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.56-3.53 (2H, m), 3.48-3.45 (4H, m), 3.28-3.24 (5H, m), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 3 Production of 2-[(3-{[3-(3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}ureido)phenyl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 3)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00093
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea (88.8 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (58.5 mg, 41%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.55 (1H, br s), 8.72 (1H, br s), 8.35 (1H, br q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.81 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.78 (1H, br s), 7.61 (1H, br s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.37-7.27 (4H, m), 7.21-7.17 (2H, m), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 6.25 (1H, br t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.54-3.51 (6H, m), 3.47-3.43 (4H, m), 3.29-3.24 (5H, m), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 4 Production of 2-{[(3-({3-[3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)ureido]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 4)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00094
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)urea (102.6 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (29.5 mg, 19%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.78 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.70 (1H, br s), 7.59 (1H, br s), 7.47 (1H, br d, J=7.2 Hz), 7.40 (1H, br d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.35-7.23 (6H, m), 3.65-3.58 (12H, m), 3.54-3.51 (2H, m), 3.39 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.33 (3H, s), 2.85 (3H, s).
  • Example 5 Production of 2-{[3-({3-[3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)ureido]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 5)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00095
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (150.0 mg, 0.37 mmol), 1-(3-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea (173.0 mg, 0.44 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (13.0 mg, 0.019 mmol), CuI (6.9 mg, 0.036 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.19 mL, 1.1 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (43.6 mg, 18%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.48 (1H, br s), 7.83 (1H, br, s), 7.81 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.69 (1H, br s), 7.65-7.63 (1H, m), 7.56 (1H, dt, J=8.0, 1.8 Hz), 7.51 (1H, br s), 7.32-7.19 (6H, m), 6.34 (1H, br m), 6.02 (1H, br s), 3.77-3.74 (4H, m), 3.70-3.63 (6H, m), 3.61-3.59 (6H, m), 3.50-3.44 (4H, m), 3.27 (3H, s), 2.95 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 6 Production of 2-{[3-({4-[3-(2-methoxyethyl)ureido]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 6)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00096
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (104.6 mg, 0.26 mmol), 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2-methoxyethyl)urea (108.5 mg, 0.50 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.8 mg, 0.0083 mmol), CuI (2.7 mg, 0.014 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (77.8 mg, 61%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.46 (1H, br s), 8.82 (1H, s), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.82 (1H, d, J=8.8 HZ), 7.60 (1H, br s), 7.51 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.49-7.46 (3H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.2, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.2, 1.6 Hz), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 1.6 Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=7.2, 1.6 Hz), 6.30 (1H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.39 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.29 (3H, s), 3.26 (2H, m), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 7 Production of 2-({3-[(4-{3-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]ureido}phenyl)ethynyl]-1H-indazol-6-yl}thio)-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 7)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00097
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (102.5 mg, 0.25 mmol), 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]urea (132.5 mg, 0.51 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.3 mg, 0.0076 mmol), CuI (3.1 mg, 0.016 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.086 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (51.2 mg, 38%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.47 (1H, br s), 8.86 (1H, s), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.82 (1H, d, J=8.4 HZ), 7.60 (1H, br s), 7.53-7.44 (5H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz), 6.29 (1H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.56-3.54 (2H, m), 3.48-3.45 (4H, m), 3.27 (2H, m), 3.26 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 8 Production of 2-[(3-{[4-(3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}ureido)phenyl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 8)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00098
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (104.4 mg, 0.26 mmol), 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea (118.6 mg, 0.39 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.6 mg, 0.0080 mmol), CuI (3.0 mg, 0.016 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (49.9 mg, 33%) as a white powder.
  • Melting point: 95-96° C.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.46 (1H, br s), 8.83 (1H, s), 8.36 (1H, br q, J=4.4 Hz), 7.81 (1H, d, J=8.4 HZ), 7.60 (1H, br s), 7.52-7.47 (5H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 6.28 (1H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.54-3.52 (6H, m), 3.47 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.45-3.42 (2H, m), 3.26 (2H, m), 3.24 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Example 9 Production of 2-{[3-({4-[3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)ureido]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 9)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00099
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (103.8 mg, 0.25 mmol), 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)urea (125.3 mg, 0.32 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.6 mg, 0.0080 mmol), CuI (2.8 mg, 0.015 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (54.8 mg, 34%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.46 (1H, br s), 8.83 (1H, s), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.4 Hz), 7.82 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.60 (1H, br s), 7.53-7.47 (5H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.27 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.17 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 6.28 (1H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.55-3.50 (10H, m), 3.47 (2H, br t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.43-3.41 (2H, m), 3.26 (2H, m), 3.23 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Example 10 Production of 2-{[3-({4-[3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)ureido]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 10)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00100
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (101.7 mg, 0.25 mmol), 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea (114.4 mg, 0.33 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.8 mg, 0.0083 mmol), CuI (2.8 mg, 0.015 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (48.2 mg, 29%) as an orange solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.46 (1H, br s), 8.83 (1H, s), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.82 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.60 (1H, br s), 7.52-7.47 (5H, m), 7.31 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 6.28 (1H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.55-3.45 (16H, m), 3.43-3.41 (2H, m), 3.27 (2H, m), 3.23 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 11 Production of 2-methoxyethyl {3-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}carbamate (Compound 11)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00101
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 2-methoxyethyl (3-ethynylphenyl)carbamate (63.6 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (72.8 mg, 60%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.39 (1H, br s), 7.85 (1H, br s), 7.78 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.69-7.53 (5H, m), 7.48-7.46 (1H, m), 7.31-7.25 (2H, m), 7.21-7.17 (2H, m), 6.35 (1H, br q, J=4.8 Hz), 4.36 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.69 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.44 (3H, s), 2.96 (3H, br d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 12 Production of 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl {3-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}carbamate (Compound 12)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00102
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (3-ethynylphenyl)carbamate (76.4 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (70.1 mg, 53%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.97 (1H, br s), 7.78 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.64-7.52 (5H, m), 7.31-7.18 (6H, m), 6.33 (1H, br m), 4.34 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.78 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.72-3.69 (2H, m), 3.59-3.57 (2H, m), 3.36 (3H, s), 2.96 (3H, br d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 13 Production of 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl {3-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}carbamate (Compound 13)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00103
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (3-ethynylphenyl)carbamate (89.1 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (57.7 mg, 40%) as a pale yellow powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.62 (1H, br s), 7.97 (1H, br s), 7.75 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.62-7.59 (4H, m), 7.28-7.16 (6H, m), 6.43 (1H, br m), 4.31 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.76 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.72-3.70 (2H, m), 3.68-3.66 (2H, m), 3.62-3.60 (2H, m), 3.49-3.47 (2H, m), 3.29 (3H, s), 2.96 (3H, br d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 14 Production of 2-methoxyethyl {4-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}carbamate (Compound 14)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00104
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (101.2 mg, 0.25 mmol), 2-methoxyethyl (4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate (88.8 mg, 0.41 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.9 mg, 0.0084 mmol), CuI (2.7 mg, 0.014 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (69.8 mg, 56%) as a pale yellow powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.49 (1H, br s), 10.02 (1H, s), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.82 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.60-7.55 (5H, m), 7.49-7.48 (1H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 4.23 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.58 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.29 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 15 Production of 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl {4-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}carbamate (Compound 15)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00105
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (101.2 mg, 0.25 mmol), 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate (102.4 mg, 0.39 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.3 mg, 0.0076 mmol), CuI (2.8 mg, 0.015 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (1.0 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (79.4 mg, 59%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.48 (1H, br s), 10.01 (1H, s), 8.35 (1H, q, J=4.4 Hz), 7.81 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.59-7.54 (5H, m), 7.49-7.46 (1H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.27 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.17 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.04 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 4.22 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.65 (2H, br t, J=4.8 Hz), 3.57-3.54 (2H, m), 3.46-3.43 (2H, m), 3.24 (3H, s), 2.75 (3H, d, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Example 16 Production of 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl {4-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}carbamate (Compound 16)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00106
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (101.5 mg, 0.25 mmol), 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate (122.7 mg, 0.40 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.7 mg, 0.0081 mmol), CuI (2.9 mg, 0.015 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (1.0 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (90.9 mg, 62%) as a white powder.
  • Melting point: 103-104° C.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.48 (1H, br s), 10.02 (1H, s), 8.35 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.81 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.59 (1H, br s), 7.56 (4H, br m), 7.48 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.31 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.27 (1H, td, J=7.6. 1.6 Hz), 7.17 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.04 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 4.22 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.65 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.57-3.49 (6H, m), 3.42-3.39 (2H, m), 3.22 (3H, s), 2.75 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 17 Production of 2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl {4-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}carbamate (Compound 17)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00107
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (103.1 mg, 0.25 mmol), 2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl (4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate (129.8 mg, 0.37 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.6 mg, 0.0080 mmol), CuI (3.1 mg, 0.016 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (77.6 mg, 48%) as an orange solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.49 (1H, br s), 10.04 (1H, s), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.82 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.60 (1H, br s), 7.57 (4H, m), 7.50-7.48 (1H, m), 7.35-7.27 (2H, m), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 4.24-4.22 (2H, m), 3.68-3.66 (2H, m), 3.57-3.49 (10H, m), 3.43-3.40 (2H, m), 3.23 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 18 Production of 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl {4-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}carbamate (Compound 18)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00108
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (107.0 mg, 0.26 mmol), 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl (4-ethynylphenyl)carbamate (160.4 mg, 0.41 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.2 mg, 0.0074 mmol), CuI (3.1 mg, 0.016 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (77.9 mg, 44%) as an orange solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.49 (1H, br s), 10.04 (1H, s), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.82 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.60 (1H, br s), 7.57 (4H, m), 7.49-7.48 (1H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.05 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 4.23 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.67 (2H, br t, J=4.4 Hz), 3.58-3.48 (14H, m), 3.43-3.40 (2H, m), 3.23 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 19 Production of N-{3-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxanonadecane-19-amide (Compound 19)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00109
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.5 mg, 0.25 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.2 mg, 0.0074 mmol), CuI (2.6 mg, 0.014 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (1.7 mL), N-(3-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxanonadecane-19-amide (140.1 mg, 0.34 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (33.0 mg, 19%) as an orange solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.58 (1H, br s), 9.77 (1H, s), 8.37 (1H, q, J=4.4 Hz), 7.99 (1H, br t, J=1.6 Hz), 7.82 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.70 (1H, dt, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.62 (1H, br s), 7.50-7.48 (1H, m), 7.42 (1H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 7.38 (1H, dt, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.33 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.20 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.07-7.05 (1H, m), 4.11 (2H, s), 3.70-3.68 (2H, m), 3.64-3.62 (2H, m), 3.58-3.54 (4H, m), 3.51-3.47 (10H, m), 3.41-3.39 (2H, m), 3.22 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Example 20 Production of N-{4-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amide (Compound 20)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00110
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amide (93.2 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), acetonitrile (1 mL) and triethylamine (1 mL) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (91.1 mg, 62%) as an orange solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.50 (1H, s), 9.84 (1H, s), 8.35 (1H, br q, J=4.4 Hz), 7.83 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.75 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.61 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.60 (1H, br s), 7.48 (1H, dd, J=7.2, 2.0 Hz), 7.34-7.26 (2H, m), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.05 (1H, br d, J=7.2 Hz), 4.11 (2H, s), 3.70-3.67 (2H, m), 3.63-3.61 (2H, m), 3.57-3.51 (6H, m), 3.43-3.41 (2H, m), 3.23 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, br d, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Example 21 Production of N-{4-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}-2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amide (Compound 21)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00111
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amide (105.9 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), acetonitrile (1 mL) and triethylamine (1 mL) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (75.0 mg, 47%) as an orange solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.50 (1H, s), 9.83 (1H, s), 8.35 (1H, br q, J=4.4 Hz), 7.83 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.75 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.61 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.60 (1H, br s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J=7.2, 2.0 Hz), 7.34-7.26 (2H, m), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.05 (1H, br d, J=7.2 Hz), 4.11 (2H, s), 3.70-3.67 (2H, m), 3.64-3.61 (2H, m), 3.57-3.49 (10H, m), 3.42-3.40 (2H, m), 3.22 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, br d, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Example 22 Production of N-{4-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]phenyl}-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxanonadecane-19-amide (Compound 22)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00112
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.6 mg, 0.25 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.4 mg, 0.0077 mmol), CuI (2.5 mg, 0.013 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL), N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxanonadecane-19-amide (142.1 mg, 0.35 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (54.7 mg, 32%) as a pale brown solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.51 (1H, br s), 9.84 (1H, s), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 7.83 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.76 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.62-7.60 (3H, m), 7.50-7.48 (1H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.06-7.04 (1H, m), 4.11 (2H, s), 3.69-3.67 (2H, m), 3.63-3.61 (2H, m), 3.58-3.53 (4H, m), 3.51-3.48 (10H, m), 3.42-3.39 (2H, m), 3.22 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 23 Production of 2-{[3-({3-[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 23)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00113
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 3-ethynyl-N-(2-methoxyethyl)aniline (50.8 mg, 0.29 mg), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (15 mg, 10%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.08 (1H, br s), 7.82 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.66-7.64 (1H, m), 7.48 (1H, br s), 7.33-7.31 (3H, m), 7.22 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.17 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 6.99 (1H, br d, J=8.0 Hz), 6.88 (1H, t, J=2.0 Hz), 6.66 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz), 6.29 (1H, br m), 4.11 (1H, br m), 3.62 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 3.40 (3H, s), 3.34-3.33 (2H, m), 2.95 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 24 Production of 2-({3-[(3-{[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]amino}phenyl)ethynyl]-1H-indazol-6-yl}thio)-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 24)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00114
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 3-ethynyl-N-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]aniline (64.2 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (51.4 mg, 42%) as a pale yellow powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.14 (1H, br s), 7.82 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.66-7.64 (1H, m), 7.49 (1H, br s), 7.33-7.30 (3H, m), 7.22 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.17 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 6.98 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 6.88 (1H, t, J=2.0 Hz), 6.66 (1H, br d, J=8.0 Hz), 6.30 (1H, br m), 4.22 (1H, br m), 3.73 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.67-3.65 (2H, m), 3.58-3.56 (2H, m), 3.41 (3H, s), 3.34-3.33 (2H, m), 2.95 (3H, d, J=5.2 Hz).
  • Example 25 Production of 2-[(3-{[3-({2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}amino)phenyl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 25)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00115
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 3-ethynyl-N-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}aniline (76.4 mg, 0.29 mg), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (47.3 mg, 36%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.70 (1H, br s), 7.81 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.63-7.61 (1H, m), 7.59 (1H, br s), 7.29-7.26 (3H, m), 7.22-7.19 (1H, m), 7.16 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 6.97 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 6.87 (1H, t, J=2.0 Hz), 6.65 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz), 6.32 (1H, br m), 4.26 (1H, br m), 3.72 (2H, d, J=5.2 Hz), 3.67-3.66 (6H, m), 3.57-3.55 (2H, m), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.32-3.31 (2H, m), 2.96 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 26 Production of 2-({3-[(4-{[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]amino}phenyl)ethynyl]-1H-indazol-6-yl}thio)-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 26)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00116
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (120.0 mg, 0.29 mmol), 4-ethynyl-N-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]aniline (77.0 mg, 0.35 mg), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (10.3 mg, 0.015 mmol), CuI (5.5 mg, 0.029 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.88 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (11.5 mg, 8%) as a pale yellow powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.36 (1H, br s), 7.81 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.64-7.62 (1H, m), 7.52 (1H, br s), 7.44 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.30-7.28 (2H, m), 7.22-7.18 (2H, m), 6.59 (2H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 6.31 (1H, br m), 4.40 (1H, br m), 3.72 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.67-3.65 (2H, m), 3.58-3.56 (2H, m), 3.41 (3H, s), 3.36-3.34 (2H, m), 2.95 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 27 Production of 2-[(3-{[4-({2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}amino)phenyl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 27)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00117
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 4-ethynyl-N-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}aniline (77.0 mg, 0.29 mg), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (41.6 mg, 31%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • Melting point: 66-67° C.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.12 (1H, br s), 7.81 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.65-7.63 (1H, m), 7.48 (1H, br s), 7.44 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.32-7.29 (2H, m), 7.24-7.22 (1H, m), 7.20 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 6.60 (2H, br d, J=8.8 Hz), 6.30 (1H, br m), 4.44 (1H, br m), 3.72 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.67-3.65 (6H, m), 3.58-3.56 (2H, m), 3.40 (3H, s), 3.35-3.31 (2H, m), 2.95 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 28 Production of 2-{[3-({4-[(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)amino]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 28)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00118
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amine (100.0 mg, 0.33 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (25.4 mg, 18%) as a brown solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.36 (1H, br s), 7.80 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.68 (1H, br s), 7.59-7.57 (1H, m), 7.42 (2H, br d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.25-7.22 (2H, m), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.13-7.11 (1H, m), 6.57 (2H, br d, J=8.6 Hz), 6.38 (1H, br m), 4.48 (1H, br m), 3.70 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.68-3.63 (10H, m), 3.55-3.53 (2H, m), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.31 (2H, m), 2.97 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 29 Production of 2-{[3-({4-[(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)amino]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 29)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00119
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), N-(4-ethynylphenyl)-2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amine (100.0 mg, 0.28 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (13.8 mg, 9%) as a brown solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.77 (1H, br s), 7.78 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.72 (1H, br s), 7.57-7.54 (1H, m), 7.41 (2H, br d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.23-7.17 (2H, m), 7.16 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.09-7.07 (1H, m), 6.56 (2H, br d, J=8.6 Hz), 6.46 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 4.49 (1H, br m), 3.69 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.66-3.60 (14H, m), 3.53-3.51 (2H, m), 3.35 (3H, s), 3.30-3.28 (2H, m), 2.96 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 30 Production of 2-[(3-{[5-(3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}ureido)pyridine-3-yl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 30)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00120
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea (89.1 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (40.1 mg, 28%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.63 (1H, br s), 8.94 (1H, br s), 8.51 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.39 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.35 (1H, br q, J=4.4 Hz), 8.21 (1H, br d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.86 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.63 (1H, s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.35-7.28 (2H, m), 7.21 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.07 (1H, br d, J=7.4 Hz), 6.44 (1H, br t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.54-3.42 (10H, m), 3.30-3.28 (2H, m), 3.24 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.4 Hz).
  • Example 31 Production of 2-{[3-({5-[3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)ureido]pyridine-3-yl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 31)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00121
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea (114.7 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (83.8 mg, 51%) as a brown solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.54 (1H, br s), 8.36 (1H, br s), 8.19 (1H, t, J=2.0 Hz), 7.90 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.59 (1H, s), 7.49-7.47 (1H, m), 7.37-7.30 (2H, m), 7.27-7.24 (1H, m), 7.21 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 3.65-3.58 (16H, m), 3.51-3.49 (2H, m), 3.41 (2H, br t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.31 (3H, s), 2.85 (3H, s).
  • Example 32 Production of 2-[(3-{[6-(3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}ureido)pyridine-3-yl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 32)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00122
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea (82.4 mg, 0.27 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (52.9 mg, 37%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.24 (1H, br s), 8.85 (1H, br s), 8.40 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 8.16 (1H, br s), 7.75 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.73 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz), 7.63-7.61 (1H, m), 7.57 (1H, br s), 7.31-7.29 (2H, m), 7.24-7.22 (1H, m), 7.19 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.4 Hz), 6.99 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 6.52-6.51 (1H, br m), 3.70-3.66 (8H, m), 3.58-3.55 (4H, m), 3.37 (3H, s), 2.98 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 33 Production of 2-{[3-({6-[3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)ureido]pyridine-3-yl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 33)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00123
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)urea (94.2 mg, 0.27 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (23.3 mg, 15%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.44 (1H, br d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.84 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz), 7.76 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.57 (1H, br s), 7.48-7.46 (1H, m), 7.34-7.31 (2H, m), 7.25-7.22 (1H, m), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.17 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 3.65-3.57 (12H, m), 3.50-3.47 (4H, m), 3.29 (3H, m), 2.85 (3H, s).
  • Example 34 Production of 2-{[3-({6-[3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)ureido]pyridine-3-yl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 34)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00124
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea (106.0 mg, 0.27 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (16.9 mg, 10%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.93 (1H, s), 8.95 (1H, br s), 8.75 (1H, s), 8.38 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 7.74 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz), 7.65 (1H, br s), 7.59-7.57 (1H, m), 7.26-7.23 (2H, m), 7.18-7.16 (2H, m), 7.03 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 6.54 (1H, br q, J=4.8 Hz), 3.64-3.56 (18H, m), 3.52-3.50 (2H, m), 3.33 (3H, m), 2.98 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 35 Production of 2-[(3-{[5-(3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}ureido)pyridine-2-yl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 35)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00125
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(6-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-{2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea (82.4 mg, 0.27 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (18.3 mg, 13%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 12.47 (1H, br s), 8.39 (1H, br s), 8.33 (1H, br s), 8.04 (1H, br dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz), 7.70 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.63 (1H, br s), 7.51-7.49 (1H, m), 7.38 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.13-7.08 (3H, br m), 7.03-7.01 (1H, m), 6.97-6.96 (1H, br m), 6.21-6.20 (1H, br m), 3.65-3.58 (10H, m), 3.44-3.43 (2H, m), 3.36 (3H, s), 2.92 (3H, br d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 36 Production of 2-{[3-({5-[3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)ureido]pyridine-2-yl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 36)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00126
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(6-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-yl)urea (94.2 mg, 0.27 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (27.9 mg, 18%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.57 (1H, br d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.00 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz), 7.82 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.60 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.59 (1H, br s), 7.48-7.46 (1H, m), 7.35-7.29 (2H, m), 7.24-7.22 (1H, m), 7.19 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 3.64-3.57 (12H, m), 3.53-3.51 (2H, m), 3.40 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.32 (3H, s), 2.92 (3H, s).
  • Example 37 Production of 2-{[3-({5-[3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)ureido]pyridine-2-yl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 37)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00127
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(6-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-3-(2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-yl)urea (106.0 mg, 0.27 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.4 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.72 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (33.5 mg, 20%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • Melting point: 77-78° C.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 12.00 (1H, br s), 8.50 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.32 (1H, s), 8.12 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz), 7.80 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.67 (1H, br s), 7.58-7.55 (1H, m), 7.45 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.22-7.19 (2H, m), 7.16 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.11-7.10 (1H, m), 6.69 (1H, br q, J=4.8 Hz), 6.24 (1H, br m), 3.72-3.70 (4H, m), 3.68-3.64 (6H, m), 3.62-3.58 (6H, m), 3.47-3.45 (4H, m), 3.27 (3H, s), 2.96 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 38 Production of N-{5-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]pyridine-2-yl}-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amide (Compound 38)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00128
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (120.5 mg, 0.29 mmol), N-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amide (162.3 mg, 0.50 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (6.5 mg, 0.0093 mmol), CuI (3.5 mg, 0.018 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (127.0 g, 71%) as a yellow powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.59 (1H, br s), 10.15 (1H, s), 8.63 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 0.8 Hz), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 8.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 0.8 Hz), 8.10 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz), 7.87 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 0.8 Hz), 7.61 (1H, br s), 7.50-7.48 (1H, m), 7.33 (1H, td, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.30 (1H, td, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.20 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.06 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 4.19 (2H, s), 3.70-3.68 (2H, m), 3.62-3.59 (2H, m), 3.58-3.54 (4H, m), 3.53-3.51 (2H, m), 3.43-3.41 (2H, m), 3.23 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 39 Production of N-{5-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]pyridine-2-yl}-2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amide (Compound 39)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00129
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (119.7 mg, 0.29 mmol), N-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxahexadecane-16-amide (140.2 mg, 0.38 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.6 mg, 0.0080 mmol), CuI (3.0 mg, 0.016 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (95 mg, 50%) as a white powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.59 (1H, br s), 10.15 (1H, s), 8.64 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 0.8 Hz), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 8.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 0.8 Hz), 8.10 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz), 7.88 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.62 (1H, br s), 7.51-7.48 (1H, m), 7.33 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.30 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.20 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.06 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 4.19 (2H, s), 3.71-3.68 (2H, m), 3.62-3.60 (2H, m), 3.59-3.56 (4H, m), 3.54-3.47 (6H, m), 3.43-3.41 (2H, m), 3.23 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 40 Production of N-{5-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]pyridine-2-yl}-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxanonadecane-19-amide (Compound 40)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00130
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (108.6 mg, 0.27 mmol), N-(5-ethynylpyridine-2-yl)-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxanonadecane-19-amide (130.2 mg, 0.32 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (5.4 mg, 0.0077 mmol), CuI (2.7 mg, 0.014 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (36.0 mg, 20%) as a pale brown powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.59 (1H, br s), 10.16 (1H, s), 8.64 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 0.8 Hz), 8.37 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 8.18 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 0.8 Hz), 8.10 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz), 7.88 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.61 (1H, br s), 7.50-7.48 (1H, m), 7.33 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.20 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.07-7.05 (1H, m), 4.19 (2H, s), 3.70-3.68 (2H, m), 3.62-3.60 (2H, m), 3.58-3.55 (4H, m), 3.53-3.48 (10H, m), 3.42-3.40 (2H, m), 3.22 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 41 Production of N-{6-[(6-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl]thio}-1H-indazol-3-yl)ethynyl]pyridine-2-yl}-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amide (Compound 41)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00131
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (122.4 mg, 0.30 mmol), N-(6-ethynylpyridine-3-yl)-2,5,8,11-tetraoxatridecane-13-amide (80 mg, 0.25 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (6.7 mg, 0.0095 mmol), CuI (3.5 mg, 0.018 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (0.8 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (70.4 mg, 39%) as a pale brown powder.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.63 (1H, br s), 10.08 (1H, s), 8.80 (1H, br d, J=2.4 Hz), 8.36 (1H, q, J=4.8 Hz), 8.20 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz), 7.83 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz), 7.73 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.62 (1H, br s), 7.50-7.48 (1H, m), 7.33 (1H, td, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.30 (1H, td, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz), 7.21 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 7.09-7.07 (1H, m), 4.16 (2H, s), 3.71-3.68 (2H, m), 3.65-3.62 (2H, m), 3.58-3.50 (6H, m), 3.43-3.41 (2H, m), 3.23 (3H, s), 2.76 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz).
  • Example 42 Production of 2-[(3-{[4-(3-{2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}ureido)phenyl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 42)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00132
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (119.5 mg, 0.29 mmol), 1-(4-ethynyphenyl)-3-{2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea (93.9 mg, 0.32 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (10.5 mg, 0.015 mmol), CuI (5.5 mg, 0.029 mmol), acetonitrile (1 mL) and triethylamine (1 mL) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (36.6 mg, 22%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.75 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.57 (1H, br s), 7.50-7.43 (5H, m), 7.33 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.22 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.16 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 3.70-3.64 (6H, m), 3.60-3.56 (4H, m), 3.39 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 2.85 (3H, s).
  • Example 43 Production of 2-[(3-{[4-(3-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}ureido)phenyl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 43)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00133
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (100.0 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-3-(4-ethynylphenyl)urea (84.5 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (8.6 mg, 0.012 mmol), CuI (4.6 mg, 0.024 mmol), acetonitrile (1 mL) and triethylamine (1 mL) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (50.4 mg, 37%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.74 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.57 (1H, br s), 7.49-7.41 (5H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.21 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.16 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 3.64-3.56 (6H, m), 3.51 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.39 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 2.85 (3H, s), 2.78 (2H, br t, J=5.2 Hz).
  • Example 44 Production of 2-{[3-({4-[3-(2-{2-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)ureido]phenyl}ethynyl)-1H-indazol-6-yl]thio}-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 44)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00134
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (119.4 mg, 0.29 mmol), 1-(2-{2-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)-3-(4-ethynylphenyl)urea (111.9 mg, 0.35 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (10.5 mg, 0.015 mmol), CuI (5.5 mg, 0.029 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (1.2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (36.4 mg, 21%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.75 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.57 (1H, br s), 7.50-7.42 (5H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.22 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.17 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 3.62-3.55 (8H, m), 3.38 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 2.85 (3H, s), 2.53 (2H, t, J=5.6 Hz), 2.25 (6H, s).
  • Example 45 Production of 2-[(3-{[4-(3-{2-[2-(2-acetamideethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}ureido)phenyl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]-N-methylbenzamide (Compound 45)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00135
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (90 mg, 0.22 mmol), N-[2-(2-{2-[3-(4-ethynylphenyl)ureido]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethyl]acetamide (74 mg, 0.22 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (7.7 mg, 0.011 mmol), CuI (4.2 mg, 0.022 mmol), acetonitrile (1 mL) and triethylamine (1 mL) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (31.8 mg, 24%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.76 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.57 (1H, s), 7.50-7.43 (5H, m), 7.33 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.30 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.23 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.18 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 3.63-3.53 (10H, m), 3.41-3.40 (2H, m), 2.85 (3H, s), 1.94 (3H, s).
  • Example 46 Production of N-methyl-2-[(3-{[4-(3-{2-[2-(2-morpholinoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}ureido)phenyl]ethynyl}-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio]benzamide (Compound 46)
  • Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00136
  • 2-{(3-Iodo-1H-indazol-6-yl)thio}-N-methylbenzamide (108.4 mg, 0.27 mmol), 1-(4-ethynylphenyl)-3-{2-[2-(2-morpholinoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}urea (105.2 mg, 0.29 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (9.3 mg, 0.013 mmol), CuI (5.1 mg, 0.027 mmol), dimethylformamide (1.5 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.14 mL, 0.80 mmol) were used as raw materials, and treated in the same way as Example 1 to obtain the title compound (48.1 mg, 28%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.75 (1H, br d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.57 (1H, br s), 7.50-7.42 (5H, m), 7.32 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.29 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.6 Hz), 7.21 (1H, br d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.17 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz), 3.66-3.59 (10H, m), 3.56 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 3.38 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 2.85 (3H, s), 2.55 (2H, t, J=5.2 Hz), 2.49-2.47 (4H, m).
  • Formulation Examples
  • A medicine containing the compound of the present invention as an active ingredient can be produced, for example, by the following formulations.
  • 1. Capsule
  • (1) Compound 1 40 mg
    (2) Lactose 70 mg
    (3) Microcrystalline cellulose  9 mg
    (4) Magnesium stearate  1 mg
    1 capsule 120 mg 
  • The total amount of (1), (2) and (3) and 1/2 of (4) were mixed and then granulated, to which the remaining (4) was added, and the whole compounds were encapsulated in a gelatin capsule.
  • 2. Tablet
  • (1) Compound 1 40 mg
    (2) Lactose 58 mg
    (3) Corn starch 18 mg
    (4) Microcrystalline cellulose 3.5 mg 
    (5) Magnesium stearate 0.5 mg 
    1 tablet 120 mg 
  • The total amount of (1), (2) and (3), 2/3 of (4) and ½ of (5) were mixed and then granulated. The remaining (4) and (5) were added to this granule, which was pressure-molded into a tablet.
  • 3. Eye Drop
  • (1) Compound 1 0.1 g
    (2) Sodium dihydrogenphosphate dihydrate 0.35 mg
    (3) Sodium chloride 0.5 mg
    (4) Benzalkonium chloride 0.005 g
    (5) Sodium hydroxide q.s. (pH 7)
    (6) Sterile purified water total volume 100 mL
  • The total amount of (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and 90 mL of (6) were mixed under aseptic conditions and then appropriate volume of (6) was added to prepare an eye drop.
  • Test Example 1 Evaluation of Compounds by VEGF Receptor 2 Kinase Inhibition Assay
  • Compounds 1 to 41 produced in Examples were used as test substances.
  • Measurement of the kinase inhibitory activity of each compound produced in Examples was conducted using the Off-chip Mobility Shift Assay. For this test, a human recombinant VEGF receptor 2 was prepared in a baculovirus expression system. A recombinant protein was expressed as a GST fusion protein by using 790-1356 amino acids of a cytosolic domain in the VEGF receptor 2 (NP_002244.1) and binding a glutathione-S-transferase (GST) to N-terminal thereof. The expressed GST-VEGF receptor 2 fusion protein was purified using glutathione-sepharose chromatography. In addition, the test substance was dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide to prepare a solution at a concentration about 100 times higher than the test concentration. Furthermore, the solution was diluted with an assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.01% Triton X-100 and 2 mM DTT, pH7.5) by 25 times to prepare a 4-time concentrated test substance solution. In the kinase inhibition assay, CSKtide was used as a substrate. In the kinase reaction, 10 mL of 2-time concentrated VEGF receptor 2 kinase solution, 5 mL of 4-time concentrated test substance solution prepared with the assay buffer, and 5 mL of 4-time concentrated substrate/ATP/metal solution were mixed in wells of a polypropylene 384-well plate, and reacted at room temperature for 1 hour (substrate concentration: CSKtide 1000 nM, ATP concentration: 75 μM, Magnesium: 5 mM). One hour after, 60 mL of Termination Buffer (QuickScout Screening Assist MSA) was added so as to terminate the reaction. After that, the substrate peptide and the phosphorylated peptide in the reaction solution were separated by LabChip3000 system (Caliper Life Science), and the both peptides were quantified. An efficiency of the kinase reaction was evaluated by a ratio of products (P/(P+S)) calculated from a substrate peptide peak height (S) and a phosphorylated peptide peak height (P). The average signal of the control wells containing all the reaction components was designated as 0% inhibition, and the average signal of the background wells (no enzyme added) was designated as 100% inhibition, and an inhibition rate was calculated from the average signal of the test wells of each test substance. An 1050 value was determined by approximating it to a logistic curve of 4 parameters, from the test substance concentration and the inhibition rate by a non-linear least-squares method.
  • The VEGF receptor 2 inhibitory activities of the compounds 1 to 41 produced in Examples are shown in Table 1 and Table 2. The compounds produced in Examples strongly inhibited the kinase activity of the VEGF receptor 2.
  • Furthermore, as a reference example, the VEGF receptor 2 kinase inhibition assay was conducted in the same way as described above by using the following compounds A and B. The results are shown in Table 2.
    • Compound A: 6-[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenylsulfanyl]-3-E-[2-(pyridine-2-yl)ethenyl]indazole (generic name: Axitinib)
    • Compound B: 6-[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenylsulfanyl]-3-[2-(pyridine-2-yl)ethynyl]indazole
  • For the compound A, Axitinib produced by Tocris Bioscience (Catalog number: 4350) was purchased and used. The compound B was synthesized according to a method described in Example 20 of WO 2006/048745.
  • TABLE 1
    Kinase Inhibitory
    Compounds Activity (nM)
    Compound 1 4.0
    Compound 2 4.7
    Compound 3 5.9
    Compound 4 6.7
    Compound 5 7.7
    Compound 6 4.5
    Compound 7 3.4
    Compound 8 3.1
    Compound 9 3.9
    Compound 10 3.9
    Compound 11 8.8
    Compound 12 7.2
    Compound 13 8.9
    Compound 14 7.6
    Compound 15 5.8
    Compound 16 5.2
    Compound 17 6.4
    Compound 18 8.0
    Compound 19 4.6
    Compound 20 4.2
    Compound 21 4.9
    Compound 22 4.8
    Compound 23 13
    Compound 24 9.9
    Compound 25 10
  • TABLE 2
    Kinase Inhibitory
    Compounds Activity (nM)
    Compound 26 3.7
    Compound 27 4.0
    Compound 28 3.7
    Compound 29 4.2
    Compound 30 8.9
    Compound 31 15
    Compound 32 5.5
    Compound 33 9.2
    Compound 34 11
    Compound 35 4.2
    Compound 36 5.7
    Compound 37 5.9
    Compound 38 7.9
    Compound 39 9.7
    Compound 40 12
    Compound 41 4.3
    Compound 42 2.9
    Compound 43 2.8
    Compound 44 3.5
    Compound 45 5.1
    Compound 46 6.1
    Compound A 0.91
    Compound B 5.5
  • Test Example 2 The Growth Inhibition Effect of the Compound on the Growth of Human Retinal Microvascular Endothelial (hRMVE) Cells (hRMVEC) by VEGF Stimulation
  • Culture and passage of human retinal microvascular endothelial cells (Cell Systems Corporation, Human Retinal Microvascular Endothelial Cells, catalog number: ACBRI 181) were carried out according to the attached protocol. An adhesion factor solution (Cell Systems Corporation, Attachment Factor) was added to a 96-well plate (Iwaki Glass Co., Ltd.), fitted well, and then removed, so that the wells were coated. Subsequently, cells (hRMVEC) which were suspended in CS-C medium (Cell Systems Corporation, CS-C medium kit, catalog number: CS-4Z0-500R) containing serum, growth factors and Culture Boost were seeded at a density of 2×103 cells/100 μL/well, and cultured at 37° C. under 5% CO2 for 1 day. After that, the medium was removed from the hRMVEC, washed with PBS twice, and then cultured in CS-C medium (Cell Systems Corporation, CS-C medium kit, catalog number: CS-4Z3-500R) containing 1% FBS and a growth factor for 6 hours. Furthermore, the medium was removed from the hRMVEC again and washed with PBS once, then CS-C medium (Cell Systems Corporation, CS-C medium kit, catalog number: CS-4Z0-5005) containing a recombinant human VEGF (Becton Dickinson and Company) was used, to which a solution prepared by diluting each compound at a threefold common ratio was added at 100 μL/well, and the hRMVEC was cultured for 48 hours.
  • The cell number was measured by MTT assay (DOJINDO LABORATORIES: Cell Counting Kit-8 was used), and the growth inhibition rate of hRMVEC by the compound was calculated from the following calculation equation.

  • Cell growth inhibition rate(%)=100−100×(absorbance of well to which the VEGF and compound are added−absorbance of well to which no VEGF is added)/(absorbance of well to which VEGF is added−absorbance of well to which no VEGF is added)
  • In addition, by using this value of the cell growth inhibition rate, IC50 (M) as a concentration indicating 50% inhibition was calculated from the following calculation formula.

  • IC50(M)=10̂ (LOG(A/B)×(50−C)/(D−C)+LOG(B))
    • A: Higher one of 2 concentrations which are upper and lower values closest to the 50% inhibition rate
    • B: Lower one of 2 concentrations which are upper and lower values closest to the 50% inhibition rate
    • C: Inhibition rate at B
    • D: Inhibition rate at A
  • Among the compounds produced in Examples, the hRMVE cell growth inhibition activities of representative compounds are shown in Table 3. Furthermore, as a reference example, the hRMVE cell growth inhibition activities were similarly measured for the compound A and compound B used in Test Example 1, and the results are shown in Table 3.
  • TABLE 3
    Cell Growth Inhibition
    Compounds Activity (nM)
    Compound 3 11
    Compound 8 1.2
    Compound 13 9.3
    Compound 16 1.2
    Compound 20 1.7
    Compound 25 10
    Compound 27 1.2
    Compound 32 3.8
    Compound 35 3.2
    Compound 38 3.5
    Compound 42 1.6
    Compound 43 4.0
    Compound 44 3.0
    Compound 45 2.5
    Compound 46 3.2
    Compound A 0.24
    Compound B 1.6
  • Test Example 3 Solubility test
  • 1.0 mL of 0.1% phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0) was added to 1.00 mg of the compounds produced in Examples. The mixture was subjected to ultrasonic irradiation for 30 seconds, and then shaken at room temperature overnight. The resulting suspension was left at rest at room temperature for 30 minutes, then filtered through a chromatography disc (0.20 μm) to prepare a sample solution. The sample solution and the standard solution were analyzed by LC-MS (product name: ACQUITY UPLC H-CLASS SYSTEM and Xevo TQ-S, produced by Nihon Waters K.K.), and a solubility was calculated from the obtained peak area value by an external standard method.
  • As a reference example, the solubility test was similarly carried out for the compound A and compound B used in Test Example 1.
  • [Analytical Condition of UPLC]
    • Column: ACQUITY UPLC (registered trademark) BEH C18, 1.7 μm, 2.1×50 mm (Waters)
    • Mobile phase: 0.006% formic acid aqueous solution:methanol=40:60 to 60:40
    • Detection wavelength: 354 nm
    • Column temperature: 40° C.
    • Flow rate: 0.25 mL/min
    • Injection volume: 1.0 μL
    • Standard solution: 1.00 mg of the compounds produced in
    • Examples were dissolved in methanol (10 mL), and then diluted by 1000 times with methanol to prepare 100 ng/mL of standard solution.
  • The measurement results of solubilities for the 0.1% phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0) are shown in Table 4.
  • TABLE 4
    Solubility
    Compounds (μg/mL)
    Compound 4 0.31
    Compound 5 0.99
    Compound 8 1.0
    Compound 9 1.2
    Compound 10 2.5
    Compound 16 0.27
    Compound 17 0.38
    Compound 18 0.86
    Compound 22 3.3
    Compound 27 0.48
    Compound 28 0.17
    Compound 29 0.89
    Compound 30 0.58
    Compound 31 9.9
    Compound 34 2.6
    Compound 35 4.4
    Compound 36 16
    Compound 37 29
    Compound 41 0.52
    Compound 42 3.1
    Compound 43 32
    Compound 44 7.6
    Compound 45 0.56
    Compound 46 1.4
    Compound A 0.045
    Compound B 0.084
  • Test Example 4 Photostability test
  • 1.00 mg of the compounds produced in Examples were dissolved in 10 mL of methanol, then diluted with a water/methanol mixed solution (v/v=1:1) to prepare 10 μg/mL of sample solutions. This sample was left at rest under a white fluorescent lamp (500 Lux) for 6 hours, and then analyzed by HPLC to determine a residual ratio (%) of the compounds.
  • The analytical conditions of HPLC are as follows. As a reference example, the same experiment was conducted for the compound A used in Test Example 1.
  • The residual ratios (light stability) are shown in Table 5. The compounds produced in Examples were stable to light in the solution.
  • [Analytical Condition of HPLC]
    • Column: YMC-Pack ODS-A AA12S05-1506WT, 6.0×150 mm, 5 μm, (YMC CO., LTD.)
    • Mobile phase: Solution A: a 0.01 v/v % formic acid aqueous
    • solution, Solution B: 0.01 v/v % formic acid-methanol solution, mixing ratio (A:B)=4:6
    • Detection wavelength: 323 nm (compound 8), 330 nm (compound 37), 354/363 nm (Z form/E form in compound A)
    • Column temperature: 40° C.
    • Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min
    • Injection volume: 20 μL
    • Standard solution: The sample solution immediately after the preparation was preserved at 4° C., and used as a standard solution.
  • TABLE 5
    Compounds Residual Ratio (%)
    Compound 8 97.6
    Compound 37 99.2
    Compound A 75.4
  • Test Example 5 Drug Penetrating Test to Retina/Choroid
  • For the compounds 8, 27 and B produced in Examples, drug penetrating concentrations to retina/choroid tissues after instillation were measured. The ophthalmic solution used in this study was prepared by suspending the compound 8, compound 27 or compound A respectively in a phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0) so that the concentration of the drug is 0.25%, according to the conventional method. In order to measure the drug concentration in the retina/choroid tissues, the eye drop was administered to rabbits (Japanese white rabbit) at 50 μL/eye, the rabbits were euthanized 2 hours after instillation, and the eyeballs were excised. The excised eyeballs were frozen with liquid nitrogen, split into two parts along the equatorial plane, and then the retina/choroid tissues were sampled from the posterior eye segment. In order to extract the compound from the sampled tissues, the tissues were finely cut in methanol to prepare a lysate, and subsequently the lysate was centrifuged to collect the supernatant. To the extracted solution of the compound from the supernatant, an equivalent amount of ultrapure water was added, and the solution was filtered through a membrane filter (0.22 μm), and the filtrate was designated as a final measurement solution. The drug concentration in the filtrate was analyzed by liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS), and the compound concentration in the retina/choroid tissues was calculated from the peak area value obtained by an external standard method. Analysis conditions of LC/MS/MS are as below.
  • [Analytical Condition of LC/MS/MS]
    • Apparatus: ACQUITY UPLC (registered trademark) H-Class system (Waters)
    • Column: ACQUITY UPLC (registered trademark) BEH C18, 1.7 μm, 2.1×50 mm (Waters)
    • Mobile phase: 0.006% formic acid aqueous solution:methanol=40:60 (compound 27), 0.006% formic acid aqueous solution:methanol=47:53 (compounds 8 and B)
    • Detector: ESI probe-equipped tandem quadrupole mass spectrometer Xevo (registered trademark) TQ-S (Waters)
    • Ionization mode: ESI positive ion
    • Analysis mode: MRM
    • Cone voltage: (compound 8) 6 V, (compound 27) 72 V, (compound B) 2 V
    • Collision energy voltage: 26 eV (compound 8); 26 eV (compound 27); 18 eV (compound B)
    • Ion transition: m/z 588.12→367.97 (compound 8); m/z 545.18→393.99 (compound 27); m/z 385.07→353.95 (compound B)
  • The average compound concentrations in the retina/choroid are shown in Table 6. For the compound concentration in the retina/choroid, null hypothesis test was carried out using JMP (registered trademark) (SAS Institute Inc.), the outlier was excluded, and then the average value±standard deviation was used.
  • TABLE 6
    Concentration in
    Compounds Retina/Choroid
    Compound 8 2.60 ± 1.04 ng/g
    Compound 27 1.62 ± 0.68 ng/g
    Compound B 0.51 ± 0.10 ng/g
  • The drug penetrating concentrations of the compounds 8 and 27 in the retina/choroid were significantly higher than of the compound B (compounds B and 8: n=6, compound 27: n=4, p≦0.05). From the results shown in Table 6, it is apparent that the compound (I) of the present invention has an excellent penetrating property to retina/choroid tissues.
  • INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
  • The compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are useful as a VEGF receptor inhibitor and useful for prevention or treatment of various diseases or conditions involving the receptor. In addition, the compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt have high solubility in aqueous solutions and excellent stability in a solution state, and thus can be used, for example in a form of liquid formulation such as an eye drop. The compound (I) of the present invention and its pharmacologically acceptable salt are useful as medicines or the like for prevention or treatment of retinal diseases accompanying angiogenesis or edema.

Claims (11)

1. An alkynyl indazole derivative represented by the following general formula (I):
Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00137
wherein
R1 represents a lower alkyl;
X and Y are the same or different and each represents CH or N, with the proviso that X and Y are not simultaneously N; and
Z is a group represented by the following general formula (a):
Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00138
wherein
R2 represents a lower alkyl which may have a substituent,
n is an integer of 1 to 7; and
A is a partial structure represented by the following formula:
Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00139
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The alkynyl indazole derivative according to claim 1, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X and Y are simultaneously CH.
3. The alkynyl indazole derivative according to claim 1 or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z is bound in the para-position.
4. The alkynyl indazole derivative according to claim 1 or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is a partial structure represented by the following formula:
Figure US20170096400A1-20170406-C00140
5. A medicine characterized by containing the alkynyl indazole derivative according to claim 1 or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. The medicine according to claim 5, which is a vascular endothelial cell growth factor (VEGF) receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor.
7. The medicine according to claim 5 which is used for treatment or prevention of a retinal disease accompanying angiogenesis or edema.
8. The medicine according to claim 7, wherein the retinal disease accompanying angiogenesis or edema is age-related macular degeneration, macular edema, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, retinal vein occlusion, secondary cataract, myopic choroidal neovascularization, or glaucoma.
9. A method for treating a disease or condition accompanying angiogenesis or edema in a mammal, the method comprising the step of administering the alkynyl indazole derivative according to claim 1, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to the mammal.
10. The method according to claim 9, wherein the disease or condition accompanying angiogenesis or edema to be treated is a retinal disease accompanying angiogenesis or edema.
11. The method according to claim 10, wherein the retinal disease accompanying angiogenesis or edema is age-related macular degeneration, macular edema, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, retinal vein occlusion, secondary cataract, myopic choroidal neovascularization, or glaucoma.
US15/126,730 2014-03-31 2015-03-30 Alkynyl indazole derivative and use thereof Active US9617222B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-070893 2014-03-31
JP2014070893 2014-03-31
PCT/JP2015/059846 WO2015152117A1 (en) 2014-03-31 2015-03-30 Alkynyl indazole derivative and use thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20170096400A1 true US20170096400A1 (en) 2017-04-06
US9617222B1 US9617222B1 (en) 2017-04-11

Family

ID=54240440

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/126,730 Active US9617222B1 (en) 2014-03-31 2015-03-30 Alkynyl indazole derivative and use thereof

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US9617222B1 (en)
EP (1) EP3127900B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6407257B2 (en)
CN (1) CN106458920B (en)
CA (1) CA2942888C (en)
ES (1) ES2647262T3 (en)
RU (1) RU2667486C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2015152117A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109761904A (en) * 2019-02-16 2019-05-17 安徽诺全药业有限公司 A kind of synthetic method of the iodo- 1H- indazole of 6-
CN114478333A (en) * 2022-01-28 2022-05-13 宜春新龙智慧高科有限公司 Synthetic method and application of 2, 2' -dithio-dibenzoyl formamide

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7232910B2 (en) * 2004-11-02 2007-06-19 Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of preparing indazole compounds

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
PE20010306A1 (en) 1999-07-02 2001-03-29 Agouron Pharma INDAZOLE COMPOUNDS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM USEFUL FOR THE INHIBITION OF PROTEIN KINASE
US7211594B2 (en) * 2000-07-31 2007-05-01 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Indazole compounds and compositions thereof as JNK inhibitors and for the treatment of diseases associated therewith
US6897231B2 (en) 2000-07-31 2005-05-24 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indazole derivatives as JNK inhibitors and compositions and methods related thereto
WO2003024931A1 (en) 2001-09-14 2003-03-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
MXPA05006676A (en) 2002-12-19 2005-08-16 Pfizer 2-(1h-indazol-6-ylamino)-benzamide compounds as protein kinases inhibitors useful for the treatment of ophtalmic diseases.
EP1692098B1 (en) 2003-12-12 2009-10-28 Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Alpha-ketoamide derivative, and production method and use thereof
CA2586176A1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2006-05-11 Srinivasan Babu Methods for preparing indazole compounds
DK2134702T4 (en) * 2007-04-05 2023-09-25 Pfizer Prod Inc Crystalline forms of 6-[2-(methylcarbamoyl)phenylsulfanyl]-3-E-[2-(pyridin-2-yl)ethenyl]indazole for use in the treatment of abnormal cell growth in a mammal
US9114070B2 (en) * 2008-02-29 2015-08-25 Nagoya Industrial Science Research Institute Liposome for delivery to posterior segment of eye and pharmaceutical composition for disease in posterior segment of eye
EP2163544A1 (en) * 2008-09-16 2010-03-17 Pfizer, Inc. Methods of preparing indazole compounds
JP5883539B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2016-03-15 ザ・ジョンズ・ホプキンス・ユニバーシティー Controlled release formulations for delivery of HIF-1 inhibitors
CN104394891B (en) 2012-03-16 2019-04-16 约翰霍普金斯大学 For delivering non-linear segmented copolymer-drug conjugates of activating agent

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7232910B2 (en) * 2004-11-02 2007-06-19 Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of preparing indazole compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3127900B1 (en) 2017-10-18
CN106458920A (en) 2017-02-22
RU2667486C2 (en) 2018-09-20
WO2015152117A1 (en) 2015-10-08
JP6407257B2 (en) 2018-10-17
EP3127900A1 (en) 2017-02-08
US9617222B1 (en) 2017-04-11
CA2942888A1 (en) 2015-10-08
CA2942888C (en) 2021-09-07
ES2647262T3 (en) 2017-12-20
RU2016142578A3 (en) 2018-05-07
JPWO2015152117A1 (en) 2017-04-13
RU2016142578A (en) 2018-05-07
CN106458920B (en) 2019-02-15
EP3127900A4 (en) 2017-02-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10662207B2 (en) Compounds, compositions, and methods for modulating CFTR
US10738011B2 (en) Derivatives of 5-(hetero)arylpyrazol-3-carboxylic amide or 1-(hetero)aryltriazol-4-carboxylic amide useful for the treatment of inter alia cystic fibrosis
US10344023B2 (en) Derivatives of 3-heteroarylisoxazol-5-carboxylic amide useful for the treatment of inter alia cystic fibrosis
US20050131032A1 (en) (Oxime)carbamoyl fatty acid amide hydrolase inhibitors
US20230137585A1 (en) 6-membered heteroarylaminosulfonamides for treating diseases and conditions mediated by deficient cftr activity
RU2600928C2 (en) Cyanoquinoline derivatives
US20220071971A1 (en) Macrocyclic compounds and their use in the treatment of disease
US10988462B2 (en) Pyrazole compounds substituted with heteroaryl and pharmaceutical use thereof
US20160038475A1 (en) Coumarin derivatives and methods of use in treating hyperproliferative diseases
US10000498B2 (en) Selective proton coupled folate transporter and folate receptor, and GARFTase inhibitor compounds and methods of using the same
WO2016040305A1 (en) Pcsk9 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US9617222B1 (en) Alkynyl indazole derivative and use thereof
US20140045842A1 (en) Method for treating an inflammatory disease by administering a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoxaline compound containing a phenyl group having a sulfonic acid ester structure introduced therein as a substituent
US20220348595A1 (en) Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of estrogen receptors
US20210085796A1 (en) Anticancer drugs and methods of making and using same
US20200123165A1 (en) Kinase inhibitors
KR20130118731A (en) Piperazinotriazines as pi3k inhibitors for use in the treatment antiproliferative disorders
US20230119894A1 (en) Therapeutic or prophylactic method for diabetes using combination medicine
US20230210831A1 (en) Chronic kidney disease treatment or prevention method
US20220088204A1 (en) Anticancer drugs and methods of making and using same
US20220411414A1 (en) Inhibitors for the b-catenin/b-cell lymphoma 9 (bcl9) protein-protein interaction
RU2805312C2 (en) Pyrazole compounds substituted by heteroaryl and their application in pharmaceutics
US10683286B2 (en) Furazan-3-carboxylic acid derivatives and use thereof in treatment of cancer
US20230159438A1 (en) Arylamides and methods of use thereof
US20230159439A1 (en) Arylamides and methods of use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: SENJU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD., JAPAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:TAKEDA, NORIHIKO;MIYABE, TOMOYO;MACHIDA, SHINNOSUKE;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20160729 TO 20160808;REEL/FRAME:039765/0279

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

AS Assignment

Owner name: SENJU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD., JAPAN

Free format text: CHANGE OF ADDRESS;ASSIGNOR:SENJU PHARMACEUTICAL CO., LTD.;REEL/FRAME:046835/0350

Effective date: 20180312

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 8